src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // ============================================================================
  13 // declarations
  14 // ============================================================================
  15
  16 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  17 // headers
  18 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  19
  20 // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h".
  21 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  22
  23 #include "wx/defs.h"
  24
  25 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  26     #pragma hdrstop
  27 #endif
  28
  29 #if wxUSE_GRID
  30
  31 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  32     #include "wx/utils.h"
  33     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  34     #include "wx/settings.h"
  35     #include "wx/log.h"
  36     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  37     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  38     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  39     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  40     #include "wx/intl.h"
  41 #endif
  42
  43 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  44 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  45 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  46 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  47
  48 #include "wx/grid.h"
  49 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  50
  51 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  52     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  53 #else
  54     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  55 #endif
  56
  57 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  58     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  59 #else
  60     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  61 #endif
  62
  63 // Required for wxIs... functions
  64 #include <ctype.h>
  65
  66 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  67 // array classes
  68 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  69
  70 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  71                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  72
  73 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  74 {
  75     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  76         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  77     {
  78     }
  79
  80     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  81     {
  82         attr->DecRef();
  83     }
  84
  85     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  86     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  87
  88 // Cannot do this:
  89 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  90 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  91 };
  92
  93 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  94                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  95
  96 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  97
  98 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  99 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 100
 101 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 102 // events
 103 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 104
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 118 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 119 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 120 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 121 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // private classes
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 128 {
 129 public:
 130     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 131     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 132                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 133
 134 private:
 135     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 136
 137     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 138     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 139     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 140     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 141     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 142     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 143
 144     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 145     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 146     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 147 };
 148
 149
 150 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 151 {
 152 public:
 153     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 154     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 155                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 156
 157 private:
 158     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 159
 160     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 161     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 162     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 163     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 164     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 165     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 166
 167     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 168     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 169     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 170 };
 171
 172
 173 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 174 {
 175 public:
 176     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 177     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 178                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 179
 180 private:
 181     wxGrid *m_owner;
 182
 183     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 184     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 185     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 186     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 187     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 188     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 189
 190     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 191     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 192     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 193 };
 194
 195 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 196 {
 197 public:
 198     wxGridWindow()
 199     {
 200         m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
 201         m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
 202         m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
 203     }
 204
 205     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 206                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 207                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 208                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 209     ~wxGridWindow(){}
 210
 211     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 212
 213     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 214
 215 private:
 216     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 217     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 218     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 219
 220     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 221     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 222     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 223     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 224     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 225     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 226     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 227     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234
 235
 236 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 237 {
 238 public:
 239     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 240         : m_grid(grid),
 241           m_editor(editor),
 242           m_inSetFocus(false)
 243     {
 244     }
 245
 246     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 247     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 248     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 249
 250     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGrid*             m_grid;
 254     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 255
 256     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 257     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 258     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 259
 260     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 261     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 262     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 263 };
 264
 265
 266 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 267
 268 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 269     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 270     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 271     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 272 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 273
 274
 275
 276 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 277 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 278 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 279
 280 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 281 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 282 {
 283 public:
 284     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 285     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 286     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 287     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 288
 289 private:
 290     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 291     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 292
 293     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 294 };
 295
 296 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 297 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 298 {
 299 public:
 300     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 301     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { }
 302     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 303
 304     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 305     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 306     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 307
 308 private:
 309     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 310     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 311 };
 312
 313 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 314 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 319     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 320                            m_colAttrs;
 321 };
 322
 323
 324 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 325 // data structures used for the data type registry
 326 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 327
 328 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 329 {
 330     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 331                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 332                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 333         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 334         { }
 335
 336     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 337     {
 338         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 339         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 340     }
 341
 342     wxString            m_typeName;
 343     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 344     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 345
 346     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 347 };
 348
 349
 350 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 351                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 352
 353
 354 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 355 {
 356 public:
 357   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 358     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 359
 360     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 361                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 362                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 363
 364     // find one of already registered data types
 365     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 366
 367     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 368     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 369     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 370
 371     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 372     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 373     // registered data type and set params for it
 374     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 375
 376     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 377     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 378
 379 private:
 380     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 381 };
 382
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384 // conditional compilation
 385 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 386
 387 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 388 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 389 #endif
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // globals
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 396 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 397     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 398     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 399 #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 400
 401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 402 // constants
 403 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 404
 405 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 406 wxRect           wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 407
 408 // scroll line size
 409 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 410 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 411 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 412 //
 413 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 414 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 415 //       -- Robin
 416 //
 417 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 418 //       fixing anyhow
 419 //       -- Vadim
 420 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 421 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 422
 423 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 424 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 425 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 426
 427 #if 0
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429 // private functions
 430 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 431
 432 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 433 {
 434     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 435 }
 436
 437 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 438 {
 439     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 440 }
 441 #endif
 442
 443 // ============================================================================
 444 // implementation
 445 // ============================================================================
 446
 447 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 448 // wxGridCellEditor
 449 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 450
 451 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 452 {
 453     m_control = NULL;
 454     m_attr = NULL;
 455 }
 456
 457
 458 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 459 {
 460     Destroy();
 461 }
 462
 463 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 464                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 465                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 466 {
 467     if ( evtHandler )
 468         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 469 }
 470
 471 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 472                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 473 {
 474     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 475     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 476     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 477     if (gridWindow)
 478         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 479
 480     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 481     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 482     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 483
 484     // redraw the control we just painted over
 485     m_control->Refresh();
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 489 {
 490     if (m_control)
 491     {
 492         m_control->PopEventHandler(true /* delete it*/);
 493
 494         m_control->Destroy();
 495         m_control = NULL;
 496     }
 497 }
 498
 499 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 500 {
 501     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 502                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 503     m_control->Show(show);
 504
 505     if ( show )
 506     {
 507         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 508         if ( attr )
 509         {
 510             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 511             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 512
 513             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 514             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 515
 516 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 517 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 518             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 519             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 520 #endif
 521             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 522             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 523         }
 524     }
 525     else
 526     {
 527         // restore the standard colours fonts
 528         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 529         {
 530             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 531             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 532         }
 533
 534         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 535         {
 536             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 537             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 538         }
 539 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 540 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 541         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 542         {
 543             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 544             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 545         }
 546 #endif
 547     }
 548 }
 549
 550 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 551 {
 552     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 553                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 554     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 555 }
 556
 557 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 558 {
 559     event.Skip();
 560 }
 561
 562 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 563 {
 564     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 565     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 566 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 567     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 568     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 569     alt = event.MetaDown();
 570 #endif
 571
 572     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 573     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 574     // through in that case.
 575     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 576         return false;
 577
 578 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 579     int key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 580     bool keyOk = true;
 581
 582     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 583     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 584     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ascii key code but
 585     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 586     if (key <= 127)
 587     {
 588         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 589         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 590     }
 591     return keyOk;
 592 #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
 593     int key = event.GetKeyCode();
 594     if (key <= 255)
 595         return true;
 596     return false;
 597 #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE
 598 }
 599
 600 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 601 {
 602     event.Skip();
 603 }
 604
 605 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 606 {
 607 }
 608
 609 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 610
 611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 612 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 613 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 614
 615 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 616 {
 617     m_maxChars = 0;
 618 }
 619
 620 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 621                                   wxWindowID id,
 622                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 623 {
 624     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 625                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 626 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 627                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 628 #endif
 629                               );
 630
 631     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 632     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 633     {
 634         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 635     }
 636
 637     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 638 }
 639
 640 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 641                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 642 {
 643     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
 644     // flicker
 645 }
 646
 647 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 648 {
 649     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 650
 651     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal
 652     // margins
 653     //
 654     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for
 655     // unix
 656     //
 657 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 658     if (rect.x != 0)
 659     {
 660         rect.x += 1;
 661         rect.y += 1;
 662         rect.width -= 1;
 663         rect.height -= 1;
 664     }
 665 #else // !GTK
 666     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 667
 668 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 669 // when the editor is in the first row.
 670 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 671     int extra_y = 2;
 672 #else
 673     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 674 #endif // MSW
 675
 676 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 677     extra_x *= 2;
 678     extra_y *= 2;
 679 #endif
 680     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 681     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 682     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x );
 683     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y );
 684 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 685
 686     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 687 }
 688
 689 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 690 {
 691     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 692                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 693
 694     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 695
 696     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 697 }
 698
 699 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 700 {
 701     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 702     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 703     Text()->SetSelection(-1,-1);
 704     Text()->SetFocus();
 705 }
 706
 707 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 708                                    wxGrid* grid)
 709 {
 710     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 711                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 712
 713     bool changed = false;
 714     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 715     if (value != m_startValue)
 716         changed = true;
 717
 718     if (changed)
 719         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 720
 721     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 722     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 723     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 724
 725     return changed;
 726 }
 727
 728
 729 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 730 {
 731     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 732                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 733
 734     DoReset(m_startValue);
 735 }
 736
 737 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 738 {
 739     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 740     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 741 }
 742
 743 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 744 {
 745     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 746 }
 747
 748 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 749 {
 750     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 751     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 752     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 753     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 754
 755     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 756     wxChar ch;
 757     long pos;
 758
 759 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 760     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 761     if (ch <= 127)
 762         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 763 #else
 764     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 765 #endif
 766     switch (ch)
 767     {
 768         case WXK_DELETE:
 769             // delete the character at the cursor
 770             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 771             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 772                 tc->Remove(pos, pos+1);
 773             break;
 774
 775         case WXK_BACK:
 776             // delete the character before the cursor
 777             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 778             if (pos > 0)
 779                 tc->Remove(pos-1, pos);
 780             break;
 781
 782         default:
 783             tc->WriteText(ch);
 784             break;
 785     }
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 789                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 790 {
 791 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 792     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 793     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 794     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 795     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 796     Text()->SetValue(s);
 797     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 798 #else
 799     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 800     //
 801     event.Skip();
 802 #endif
 803 }
 804
 805 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 806 {
 807     if ( !params )
 808     {
 809         // reset to default
 810         m_maxChars = 0;
 811     }
 812     else
 813     {
 814         long tmp;
 815         if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 816         {
 817             wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
 818         }
 819         else
 820         {
 821             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 822         }
 823     }
 824 }
 825
 826 // return the value in the text control
 827 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 828 {
 829   return Text()->GetValue();
 830 }
 831
 832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 833 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 835
 836 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 837 {
 838     m_min = min;
 839     m_max = max;
 840 }
 841
 842 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 843                                     wxWindowID id,
 844                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 845 {
 846 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 847     if ( HasRange() )
 848     {
 849         // create a spin ctrl
 850         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 851                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 852                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 853                                    m_min, m_max);
 854
 855         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 856     }
 857     else
 858 #endif
 859     {
 860         // just a text control
 861         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 862
 863 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 864         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 865 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 866     }
 867 }
 868
 869 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 870 {
 871     // first get the value
 872     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 873     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 874     {
 875         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 876     }
 877     else
 878     {
 879         m_valueOld = 0;
 880         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 881         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 882         {
 883             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 884             return;
 885         }
 886     }
 887
 888 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 889     if ( HasRange() )
 890     {
 891         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 892         Spin()->SetFocus();
 893     }
 894     else
 895 #endif
 896     {
 897         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 898     }
 899 }
 900
 901 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 902                                      wxGrid* grid)
 903 {
 904     bool changed;
 905     long value = 0;
 906     wxString text;
 907
 908 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 909     if ( HasRange() )
 910     {
 911         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 912         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 913         if (changed)
 914             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 915     }
 916     else
 917 #endif
 918     {
 919         text = Text()->GetValue();
 920         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 921     }
 922
 923     if ( changed )
 924     {
 925         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 926             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 927         else
 928             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 929     }
 930
 931     return changed;
 932 }
 933
 934 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 935 {
 936 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 937     if ( HasRange() )
 938     {
 939         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 940     }
 941     else
 942 #endif
 943     {
 944         DoReset(GetString());
 945     }
 946 }
 947
 948 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 949 {
 950     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 951     {
 952         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 953         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 954              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 955         {
 956             return true;
 957         }
 958     }
 959
 960     return false;
 961 }
 962
 963 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 964 {
 965     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 966     if ( !HasRange() )
 967     {
 968         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 969         {
 970             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 971
 972             // skip Skip() below
 973             return;
 974         }
 975     }
 976 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 977     else
 978     {
 979         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 980         {
 981             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 982             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 983             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 984             return;
 985         }
 986     }
 987 #endif
 988     event.Skip();
 989 }
 990
 991 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 992 {
 993     if ( !params )
 994     {
 995         // reset to default
 996         m_min =
 997         m_max = -1;
 998     }
 999     else
1000     {
1001         long tmp;
1002         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1003         {
1004             m_min = (int)tmp;
1005
1006             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1007             {
1008                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1009
1010                 // skip the error message below
1011                 return;
1012             }
1013         }
1014
1015         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1016     }
1017 }
1018
1019 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1020 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1021 {
1022     wxString s;
1023
1024 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1025     if( HasRange() )
1026     {
1027         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1028         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1029     }
1030     else
1031 #endif
1032     {
1033         s = Text()->GetValue();
1034     }
1035
1036     return s;
1037 }
1038
1039 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1040 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1041 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1042
1043 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1044 {
1045     m_width = width;
1046     m_precision = precision;
1047 }
1048
1049 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1050                                    wxWindowID id,
1051                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1052 {
1053     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1054
1055 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1056     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1057 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1058 }
1059
1060 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1061 {
1062     // first get the value
1063     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1064     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1065     {
1066         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1067     }
1068     else
1069     {
1070         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1071         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1072         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1073         {
1074             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1075             return;
1076         }
1077     }
1078
1079     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1080 }
1081
1082 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1083                                      wxGrid* grid)
1084 {
1085     double value = 0.0;
1086     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1087
1088     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld) )
1089     {
1090         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1091             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1092         else
1093             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1094
1095         return true;
1096     }
1097     return false;
1098 }
1099
1100 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1101 {
1102     DoReset(GetString());
1103 }
1104
1105 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1106 {
1107     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1108     char tmpbuf[2];
1109     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1110     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1111     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1112 #if wxUSE_INTL
1113     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1114        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1115 #else
1116     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1117 #endif
1118     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1119          || is_decimal_point )
1120     {
1121         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1122
1123         // skip Skip() below
1124         return;
1125     }
1126
1127     event.Skip();
1128 }
1129
1130 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1131 {
1132     if ( !params )
1133     {
1134         // reset to default
1135         m_width =
1136         m_precision = -1;
1137     }
1138     else
1139     {
1140         long tmp;
1141         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1142         {
1143             m_width = (int)tmp;
1144
1145             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1146             {
1147                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1148
1149                 // skip the error message below
1150                 return;
1151             }
1152         }
1153
1154         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1155     }
1156 }
1157
1158 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1159 {
1160     wxString fmt;
1161     if ( m_width == -1 )
1162     {
1163         // default width/precision
1164         fmt = _T("%f");
1165     }
1166     else if ( m_precision == -1 )
1167     {
1168         // default precision
1169         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1170     }
1171     else
1172     {
1173         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1174     }
1175
1176     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1177 }
1178
1179 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1180 {
1181     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1182     {
1183         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1184         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1185         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1186         char tmpbuf[2];
1187         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1188         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1189         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1190 #if wxUSE_INTL
1191         bool is_decimal_point =
1192             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1193                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1194 #else
1195         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1196 #endif
1197         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1198              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1199               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1200             return true;
1201     }
1202
1203     return false;
1204 }
1205
1206 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1207
1208 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1209
1210 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1211 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1212 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1213
1214 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1215                                   wxWindowID id,
1216                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1217 {
1218     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1219                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1220                                wxNO_BORDER);
1221
1222     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1223 }
1224
1225 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1226 {
1227     bool resize = false;
1228     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1229     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1230
1231     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1232     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1233     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1234     {
1235         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1236         size = sizeBest;
1237
1238         resize = true;
1239     }
1240
1241     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1242     {
1243         // leave 1 pixel margin
1244         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1245
1246         resize = true;
1247     }
1248
1249     if ( resize )
1250     {
1251         m_control->SetSize(size);
1252     }
1253
1254     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1255
1256 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1257     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1258     // so shift it to the right
1259     size.x -= 8;
1260 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1261     // here too, but in other way
1262     size.x += 1;
1263     size.y -= 2;
1264 #endif
1265
1266     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1267     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1268     if (GetCellAttr())
1269         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1270
1271     int x = 0, y = 0;
1272     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1273     {
1274         x = r.x + 2;
1275 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1276         x += 2;
1277 #endif
1278         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1279     }
1280     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1281     {
1282         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1283         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1284     }
1285     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1286     {
1287         x = r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2;
1288         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1289     }
1290
1291     m_control->Move(x, y);
1292 }
1293
1294 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1295 {
1296     m_control->Show(show);
1297
1298     if ( show )
1299     {
1300         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1301         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1302     }
1303 }
1304
1305 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1306 {
1307     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1308                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1309
1310     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1311         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1312     else
1313     {
1314         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1315         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1316     }
1317     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1318     CBox()->SetFocus();
1319 }
1320
1321 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1322                                    wxGrid* grid)
1323 {
1324     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1325                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1326
1327     bool changed = false;
1328     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1329     if ( value != m_startValue )
1330         changed = true;
1331
1332     if ( changed )
1333     {
1334         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1335             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1336         else
1337             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1338     }
1339
1340     return changed;
1341 }
1342
1343 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1344 {
1345     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1346                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1347
1348     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1349 }
1350
1351 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1352 {
1353     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1354 }
1355
1356 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1357 {
1358     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1359     {
1360         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1361         switch ( keycode )
1362         {
1363             case WXK_SPACE:
1364             case '+':
1365             case '-':
1366                 return true;
1367         }
1368     }
1369
1370     return false;
1371 }
1372
1373 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1374 {
1375     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1376     switch ( keycode )
1377     {
1378         case WXK_SPACE:
1379             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1380             break;
1381
1382         case '+':
1383             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1384             break;
1385
1386         case '-':
1387             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1388             break;
1389     }
1390 }
1391
1392
1393 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1394 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1395 {
1396   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1397   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1398 }
1399
1400 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1401
1402 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1403
1404 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1405 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1406 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1407
1408 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1409                                                bool allowOthers)
1410     : m_choices(choices),
1411       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1412
1413 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1414                                                const wxString choices[],
1415                                                bool allowOthers)
1416                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1417 {
1418     if ( count )
1419     {
1420         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1421         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1422         {
1423             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1424         }
1425     }
1426 }
1427
1428 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1429 {
1430     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1431     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1432     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1433
1434     return editor;
1435 }
1436
1437 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1438                                     wxWindowID id,
1439                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1440 {
1441     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1442                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1443                                m_choices,
1444                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1445
1446     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1447 }
1448
1449 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1450                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1451 {
1452     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1453     // flicker
1454
1455     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1456     // combo always defaults to the standard...  Until someone has time to
1457     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
1458     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1459 }
1460
1461 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1462 {
1463     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1464                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1465
1466     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1467     if (m_control)
1468         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1469
1470     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1471     if (evtHandler)
1472         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1473
1474     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1475
1476     if (m_allowOthers)
1477         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1478     else
1479     {
1480         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1481         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1482         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1483             pos = 0;
1484         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1485     }
1486     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1487     Combo()->SetFocus();
1488
1489     if (evtHandler)
1490         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1491 }
1492
1493 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1494                                      wxGrid* grid)
1495 {
1496     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1497     if ( value == m_startValue )
1498         return false;
1499
1500     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1501
1502     return true;
1503 }
1504
1505 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1506 {
1507     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1508     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1509 }
1510
1511 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1512 {
1513     if ( !params )
1514     {
1515         // what can we do?
1516         return;
1517     }
1518
1519     m_choices.Empty();
1520
1521     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1522     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1523     {
1524         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1525     }
1526 }
1527
1528 // return the value in the text control
1529 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1530 {
1531   return Combo()->GetValue();
1532 }
1533
1534 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1535
1536 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1537 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1538 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1539
1540 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1541 {
1542     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1543     if (m_inSetFocus)
1544         return;
1545
1546     // accept changes
1547     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1548
1549     event.Skip();
1550 }
1551
1552 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1553 {
1554     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1555     {
1556         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1557             m_editor->Reset();
1558             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1559             break;
1560
1561         case WXK_TAB:
1562             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1563             break;
1564
1565         case WXK_RETURN:
1566         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1567             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1568                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1569             break;
1570
1571         default:
1572             event.Skip();
1573     }
1574 }
1575
1576 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1577 {
1578     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1579     {
1580         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1581         case WXK_TAB:
1582         case WXK_RETURN:
1583         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1584             break;
1585
1586         default:
1587             event.Skip();
1588     }
1589 }
1590
1591 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1592 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1593 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1594 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1595
1596 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1597 {
1598     // nothing to do
1599 }
1600
1601 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1602 {
1603 }
1604
1605 // ============================================================================
1606 // renderer classes
1607 // ============================================================================
1608
1609 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1610 // wxGridCellRenderer
1611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1612
1613 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1614                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1615                               wxDC& dc,
1616                               const wxRect& rect,
1617                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1618                               bool isSelected)
1619 {
1620     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1621
1622     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1623     if( grid.IsEnabled() )
1624     {
1625         if ( isSelected )
1626         {
1627             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1628         }
1629         else
1630         {
1631             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1632         }
1633     }
1634     else
1635     {
1636         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1637     }
1638
1639     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1640     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1641 }
1642
1643 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1644 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1645 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1646
1647 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1648                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1649                                                      wxDC& dc,
1650                                                      bool isSelected)
1651 {
1652     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1653
1654     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1655
1656     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1657     if( grid.IsEnabled() )
1658     {
1659       if ( isSelected )
1660       {
1661           dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1662           dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1663       }
1664       else
1665       {
1666           dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1667           dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1668       }
1669     }
1670     else
1671     {
1672       dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1673       dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1674     }
1675
1676     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1677 }
1678
1679 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1680                                                wxDC& dc,
1681                                                const wxString& text)
1682 {
1683     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1684     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1685     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1686     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1687     {
1688         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1689         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1690     }
1691
1692     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1693
1694     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1695 }
1696
1697 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1698                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1699                                              wxDC& dc,
1700                                              int row, int col)
1701 {
1702     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1703 }
1704
1705 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1706                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1707                                     wxDC& dc,
1708                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1709                                     int row, int col,
1710                                     bool isSelected)
1711 {
1712     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1713     rect.Inflate(-1);
1714
1715     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1716     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1717
1718     int hAlign, vAlign;
1719     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1720
1721     int overflowCols = 0;
1722
1723     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1724     {
1725         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1726         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1727         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1728         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <=0
1729         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1730         {
1731             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1732             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1733             {
1734                 bool is_empty = true;
1735                 for (int j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
1736                 {
1737                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1738                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1739                     if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0;
1740                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j+c_rows, i))
1741                     {
1742                         is_empty = false;
1743                         break;
1744                     }
1745                 }
1746                 if (is_empty)
1747                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1748                 else
1749                 {
1750                     i--;
1751                     break;
1752                 }
1753                 if (rect.width >= best_width) break;
1754             }
1755             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1756             if (overflowCols >= cols) overflowCols = cols - 1;
1757         }
1758
1759         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1760         {
1761             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1762             wxRect clip = rect;
1763             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1764             // draw each overflow cell individually
1765             int col_end = col+cell_cols+overflowCols;
1766             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1767                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1768             for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1769             {
1770                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1771                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1772                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1773
1774                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1775                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1776
1777                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1778                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1779                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1780             }
1781
1782             rect = rectCell;
1783             rect.Inflate(-1);
1784             rect.width++;
1785             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1786         }
1787     }
1788
1789     // now we only have to draw the text
1790     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1791
1792     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1793                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1794 }
1795
1796 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1797 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1798 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1799
1800 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1801 {
1802     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1803     wxString text;
1804     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1805     {
1806         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1807     }
1808     else
1809     {
1810         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1811     }
1812
1813     return text;
1814 }
1815
1816 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1817                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1818                                     wxDC& dc,
1819                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1820                                     int row, int col,
1821                                     bool isSelected)
1822 {
1823     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1824
1825     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1826
1827     // draw the text right aligned by default
1828     int hAlign, vAlign;
1829     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1830     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1831
1832     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1833     rect.Inflate(-1);
1834
1835     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1836 }
1837
1838 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1839                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1840                                              wxDC& dc,
1841                                              int row, int col)
1842 {
1843     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1844 }
1845
1846 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1847 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1848 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1849
1850 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1851 {
1852     SetWidth(width);
1853     SetPrecision(precision);
1854 }
1855
1856 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1857 {
1858     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1859     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1860     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1861     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1862
1863     return renderer;
1864 }
1865
1866 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1867 {
1868     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1869
1870     bool hasDouble;
1871     double val;
1872     wxString text;
1873     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1874     {
1875         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1876         hasDouble = true;
1877     }
1878     else
1879     {
1880         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1881         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
1882     }
1883
1884     if ( hasDouble )
1885     {
1886         if ( !m_format )
1887         {
1888             if ( m_width == -1 )
1889             {
1890                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
1891                 {
1892                     // default width/precision
1893                     m_format = _T("%f");
1894                 }
1895                 else
1896                 {
1897                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1898                 }
1899             }
1900             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
1901             {
1902                 // default precision
1903                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1904             }
1905             else
1906             {
1907                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1908             }
1909         }
1910
1911         text.Printf(m_format, val);
1912
1913     }
1914     //else: text already contains the string
1915
1916     return text;
1917 }
1918
1919 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1920                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1921                                    wxDC& dc,
1922                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
1923                                    int row, int col,
1924                                    bool isSelected)
1925 {
1926     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1927
1928     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1929
1930     // draw the text right aligned by default
1931     int hAlign, vAlign;
1932     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1933     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1934
1935     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1936     rect.Inflate(-1);
1937
1938     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1939 }
1940
1941 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1942                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1943                                             wxDC& dc,
1944                                             int row, int col)
1945 {
1946     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1947 }
1948
1949 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1950 {
1951     if ( !params )
1952     {
1953         // reset to defaults
1954         SetWidth(-1);
1955         SetPrecision(-1);
1956     }
1957     else
1958     {
1959         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
1960         if ( !tmp.empty() )
1961         {
1962             long width;
1963             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
1964             {
1965                 SetWidth((int)width);
1966             }
1967             else
1968             {
1969                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
1970             }
1971         }
1972         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
1973         if ( !tmp.empty() )
1974         {
1975             long precision;
1976             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
1977             {
1978                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
1979             }
1980             else
1981             {
1982                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
1983             }
1984         }
1985     }
1986 }
1987
1988
1989 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
1991 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1992
1993 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
1994
1995 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
1996
1997 // between checkmark and box
1998 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
1999
2000 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2001                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2002                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2003                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2004                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2005 {
2006     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2007     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2008     {
2009         // get checkbox size
2010         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2011         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2012         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2013
2014         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2015 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2016         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2017 #endif
2018
2019         delete checkbox;
2020
2021         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2022     }
2023
2024     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2025 }
2026
2027 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2028                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2029                                   wxDC& dc,
2030                                   const wxRect& rect,
2031                                   int row, int col,
2032                                   bool isSelected)
2033 {
2034     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2035
2036     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2037     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2038
2039     // don't draw outside the cell
2040     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2041     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2042     {
2043         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2044         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2045     }
2046
2047     // draw a border around checkmark
2048     int vAlign, hAlign;
2049     attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign);
2050
2051     wxRect rectBorder;
2052     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2053     {
2054         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2;
2055         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2056         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2057         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2058     }
2059     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2060     {
2061         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2062         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2063         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2064         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2065     }
2066     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2067     {
2068         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2069         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2070         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2071         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2072     }
2073
2074     bool value;
2075     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2076         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2077     else
2078     {
2079         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2080         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2081     }
2082
2083     if ( value )
2084     {
2085         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2086 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2087         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2088         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2);
2089         rectMark.x++;
2090         rectMark.y++;
2091 #else // !MSW
2092         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2093 #endif // MSW/!MSW
2094
2095         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2096         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2097     }
2098
2099     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2100     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2101     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2102 }
2103
2104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2105 // wxGridCellAttr
2106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2107
2108 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2109 {
2110     m_nRef = 1;
2111
2112     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2113
2114     m_renderer = NULL;
2115     m_editor = NULL;
2116
2117     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2118
2119     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2120     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2121
2122     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2123 }
2124
2125 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2126 {
2127     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2128
2129     if ( HasTextColour() )
2130         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2131     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2132         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2133     if ( HasFont() )
2134         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2135     if ( HasAlignment() )
2136         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2137
2138     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2139
2140     if ( m_renderer )
2141     {
2142         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2143         m_renderer->IncRef();
2144     }
2145     if ( m_editor )
2146     {
2147         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2148         m_editor->IncRef();
2149     }
2150
2151     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2152         attr->SetReadOnly();
2153
2154     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2155
2156     return attr;
2157 }
2158
2159 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2160 {
2161     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2162         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2163     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2164         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2165     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2166         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2167     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){
2168         int hAlign, vAlign;
2169         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2170         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2171     }
2172     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2173         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2174
2175     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2176     // m_renderer/m_editor
2177     //
2178     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2179     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2180     {
2181         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2182         m_renderer->IncRef();
2183     }
2184     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2185     {
2186         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2187         m_editor->IncRef();
2188     }
2189     if ( !HasReadWriteMode()  && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2190         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2191
2192     if (!HasOverflowMode()  && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2193         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2194
2195     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2196 }
2197
2198 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2199 {
2200     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2201
2202     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2203     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2204     // set to negative or zero values such that
2205     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2206     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2207
2208     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2209
2210     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows>0)&&(num_cols<=0)) ||
2211                   !((num_rows<=0)&&(num_cols>0)) ||
2212                   !((num_rows==0)&&(num_cols==0))),
2213                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2214
2215     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2216     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2217 }
2218
2219 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2220 {
2221     if (HasTextColour())
2222     {
2223         return m_colText;
2224     }
2225     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2226     {
2227         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2228     }
2229     else
2230     {
2231         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2232         return wxNullColour;
2233     }
2234 }
2235
2236
2237 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2238 {
2239     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2240         return m_colBack;
2241     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2242         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2243     else
2244     {
2245         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2246         return wxNullColour;
2247     }
2248 }
2249
2250
2251 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2252 {
2253     if (HasFont())
2254         return m_font;
2255     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2256         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2257     else
2258     {
2259         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2260         return wxNullFont;
2261     }
2262 }
2263
2264
2265 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2266 {
2267     if (HasAlignment())
2268     {
2269         if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2270         if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2271     }
2272     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2273         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2274     else
2275     {
2276         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2277     }
2278 }
2279
2280 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2281 {
2282     if ( num_rows ) *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2283     if ( num_cols ) *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2284 }
2285
2286 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2287 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2288 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2289 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2290 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2291 // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2292
2293 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2294 {
2295     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
2296
2297     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2298     {
2299         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2300         renderer = m_renderer;
2301         renderer->IncRef();
2302     }
2303     else // no non default cell renderer
2304     {
2305         // get default renderer for the data type
2306         if ( grid )
2307         {
2308             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2309             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2310         }
2311         else
2312         {
2313             renderer = NULL;
2314         }
2315
2316         if ( !renderer )
2317         {
2318             if (m_defGridAttr &&  this != m_defGridAttr )
2319             {
2320                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2321                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2322                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2323             }
2324             else // default grid attr
2325             {
2326                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2327                 renderer = m_renderer;
2328                 if ( renderer )
2329                     renderer->IncRef();
2330             }
2331         }
2332     }
2333
2334     // we're supposed to always find something
2335     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2336
2337     return renderer;
2338 }
2339
2340 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2341 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2342 {
2343     wxGridCellEditor *editor;
2344
2345     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2346     {
2347         // use the cells editor if it has one
2348         editor = m_editor;
2349         editor->IncRef();
2350     }
2351     else // no non default cell editor
2352     {
2353         // get default editor for the data type
2354         if ( grid )
2355         {
2356             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2357             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2358         }
2359         else
2360         {
2361             editor = NULL;
2362         }
2363
2364         if ( !editor )
2365         {
2366             if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
2367             {
2368                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2369                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2370                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2371             }
2372             else // default grid attr
2373             {
2374                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2375                 editor = m_editor;
2376                 if ( editor )
2377                     editor->IncRef();
2378             }
2379         }
2380     }
2381
2382     // we're supposed to always find something
2383     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2384
2385     return editor;
2386 }
2387
2388 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2389 // wxGridCellAttrData
2390 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2391
2392 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2393 {
2394     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2395     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2396     {
2397         // add the attribute
2398         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2399     }
2400     else
2401     {
2402         // free the old attribute
2403         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2404
2405         if ( attr )
2406         {
2407             // change the attribute
2408             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2409         }
2410         else
2411         {
2412             // remove this attribute
2413             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2414         }
2415     }
2416 }
2417
2418 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2419 {
2420     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2421
2422     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2423     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2424     {
2425         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2426         attr->IncRef();
2427     }
2428
2429     return attr;
2430 }
2431
2432 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2433 {
2434     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2435     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2436     {
2437         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2438         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2439         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2440         {
2441             if (numRows > 0)
2442             {
2443                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2444                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2445             }
2446             else if (numRows < 0)
2447             {
2448                 // If rows deleted ...
2449                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2450                 {
2451                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2452                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2453                 }
2454                 else
2455                 {
2456                     // ...or remove the attribute
2457                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2458                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2459                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2460                     n--; count--;
2461                 }
2462             }
2463         }
2464     }
2465 }
2466
2467 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2468 {
2469     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2470     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2471     {
2472         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2473         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2474         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2475         {
2476             if ( numCols > 0 )
2477             {
2478                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2479                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2480             }
2481             else if (numCols < 0)
2482             {
2483                 // If rows deleted ...
2484                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2485                 {
2486                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2487                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2488                 }
2489                 else
2490                 {
2491                     // ...or remove the attribute
2492                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2493                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2494                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2495                     n--; count--;
2496                 }
2497             }
2498         }
2499     }
2500 }
2501
2502 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2503 {
2504     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2505     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2506     {
2507         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2508         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2509         {
2510             return n;
2511         }
2512     }
2513
2514     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2515 }
2516
2517 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2518 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2519 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2520
2521 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2522 {
2523     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2524     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2525     {
2526         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2527     }
2528 }
2529
2530 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2531 {
2532     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2533
2534     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2535     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2536     {
2537         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2538         attr->IncRef();
2539     }
2540
2541     return attr;
2542 }
2543
2544 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2545 {
2546     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2547     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2548     {
2549         // add the attribute
2550         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2551         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2552     }
2553     else
2554     {
2555         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2556         if ( attr )
2557         {
2558             // change the attribute
2559             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2560             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2561         }
2562         else
2563         {
2564             // remove this attribute
2565             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2566             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2567             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2568         }
2569     }
2570 }
2571
2572 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2573 {
2574     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2575     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2576     {
2577         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2578         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2579         {
2580             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2581             {
2582                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2583                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2584             }
2585             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2586             {
2587                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2588                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2589                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2590                 else
2591                 {
2592                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2593                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2594                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2595                     n--; count--;
2596                 }
2597             }
2598         }
2599     }
2600 }
2601
2602 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2603 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2604 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2605
2606 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2607 {
2608     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2609 }
2610
2611 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2612 {
2613     delete m_data;
2614 }
2615
2616 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2617 {
2618     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2619 }
2620
2621 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2622                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2623 {
2624     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2625     if ( m_data )
2626     {
2627         switch(kind)
2628         {
2629             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2630                 //Get cached merge attributes.
2631                 // Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable
2632                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2633                 if(!attr)
2634                 {
2635                     //Basicaly implement old version.
2636                     //Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2637                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2638                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2639                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2640
2641                     if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){
2642                         // Two or more are non NULL
2643                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2644                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2645
2646                         //Order important..
2647                         if(attrcell){
2648                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2649                             attrcell->DecRef();
2650                         }
2651                         if(attrcol){
2652                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2653                             attrcol->DecRef();
2654                         }
2655                         if(attrrow){
2656                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2657                             attrrow->DecRef();
2658                         }
2659                         //store merge attr if cache implemented
2660                         //attr->IncRef();
2661                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2662                     }
2663                     else
2664                     {
2665                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2666                         if(attrrow) attr = attrrow;
2667                         if(attrcol)
2668                         {
2669                             if(attr)
2670                                 attr->DecRef();
2671                             attr = attrcol;
2672                         }
2673                         if(attrcell)
2674                         {
2675                             if(attr)
2676                                 attr->DecRef();
2677                             attr = attrcell;
2678                         }
2679                     }
2680                 }
2681             break;
2682             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2683                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2684             break;
2685             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2686                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2687             break;
2688             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2689                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2690             break;
2691             default:
2692                 // unused as yet...
2693                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2694                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2695             break;
2696         }
2697     }
2698     return attr;
2699 }
2700
2701 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2702                                      int row, int col)
2703 {
2704     if ( !m_data )
2705         InitData();
2706
2707     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2708 }
2709
2710 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2711 {
2712     if ( !m_data )
2713         InitData();
2714
2715     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2716 }
2717
2718 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2719 {
2720     if ( !m_data )
2721         InitData();
2722
2723     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2724 }
2725
2726 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2727 {
2728     if ( m_data )
2729     {
2730         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2731
2732         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2733     }
2734 }
2735
2736 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2737 {
2738     if ( m_data )
2739     {
2740         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2741
2742         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2743     }
2744 }
2745
2746 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2747 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2748 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2749
2750 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2751 {
2752     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2753     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2754         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2755 }
2756
2757
2758 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2759                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2760                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2761 {
2762     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2763
2764     // is it already registered?
2765     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2766     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2767     {
2768         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2769         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2770     }
2771     else
2772     {
2773         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2774     }
2775 }
2776
2777 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2778 {
2779     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2780     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2781     {
2782         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2783         {
2784             return i;
2785         }
2786     }
2787
2788     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2789 }
2790
2791 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2792 {
2793     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2794     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2795     {
2796         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2797         // register it "on the fly"
2798 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2799         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2800         {
2801             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2802                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2803                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2804         } else
2805 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2806 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2807         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2808         {
2809             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2810                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2811                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2812         } else
2813 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2814 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2815         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2816         {
2817             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2818                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2819                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2820         }
2821         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2822         {
2823             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2824                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2825                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2826         } else
2827 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2828 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2829         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2830         {
2831             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2832                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2833                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2834         } else
2835 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2836         {
2837             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2838         }
2839
2840         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2841         // the last index
2842         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2843     }
2844
2845     return index;
2846 }
2847
2848 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2849 {
2850     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2851     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2852     {
2853         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2854         // are the parameters for the renderer
2855         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2856         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2857         {
2858             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2859         }
2860
2861         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
2862         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
2863         renderer = renderer->Clone();
2864         rendererOld->DecRef();
2865
2866         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
2867         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
2868         editor = editor->Clone();
2869         editorOld->DecRef();
2870
2871         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
2872         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
2873         renderer->SetParameters(params);
2874         editor->SetParameters(params);
2875
2876         // register the new typename
2877         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
2878
2879         // we just registered it, it's the last one
2880         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2881     }
2882
2883     return index;
2884 }
2885
2886 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
2887 {
2888     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
2889     if (renderer)
2890         renderer->IncRef();
2891     return renderer;
2892 }
2893
2894 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
2895 {
2896     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
2897     if (editor)
2898         editor->IncRef();
2899     return editor;
2900 }
2901
2902 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2903 // wxGridTableBase
2904 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2905
2906 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
2907
2908
2909 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
2910 {
2911     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
2912     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
2913 }
2914
2915 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
2916 {
2917     delete m_attrProvider;
2918 }
2919
2920 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
2921 {
2922     delete m_attrProvider;
2923     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
2924 }
2925
2926 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
2927 {
2928     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
2929     {
2930         // use the default attr provider by default
2931         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
2932     }
2933     return true;
2934 }
2935
2936 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
2937 {
2938     if ( m_attrProvider )
2939         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
2940     else
2941         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2942 }
2943
2944
2945 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
2946 {
2947     if ( m_attrProvider )
2948     {
2949         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
2950         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2951     }
2952     else
2953     {
2954         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2955         // free it now
2956         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2957     }
2958 }
2959
2960 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2961 {
2962     if ( m_attrProvider )
2963     {
2964         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
2965         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
2966     }
2967     else
2968     {
2969         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2970         // free it now
2971         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2972     }
2973 }
2974
2975 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2976 {
2977     if ( m_attrProvider )
2978     {
2979         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
2980         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
2981     }
2982     else
2983     {
2984         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2985         // free it now
2986         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2987     }
2988 }
2989
2990 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2991                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2992 {
2993     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
2994
2995     return false;
2996 }
2997
2998 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2999 {
3000     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3001
3002     return false;
3003 }
3004
3005 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3006                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3007 {
3008     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3009
3010     return false;
3011 }
3012
3013 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3014                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3015 {
3016     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3017
3018     return false;
3019 }
3020
3021 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3022 {
3023     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3024
3025     return false;
3026 }
3027
3028 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3029                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3030 {
3031     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3032
3033     return false;
3034 }
3035
3036
3037 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3038 {
3039     wxString s;
3040     s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter
3041                   //     how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3042     return s;
3043 }
3044
3045 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3046 {
3047     // default col labels are:
3048     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3049     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3050     //   etc.
3051
3052     wxString s;
3053     unsigned int i, n;
3054     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3055     {
3056         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 ));
3057         col = col/26 - 1;
3058         if ( col < 0 ) break;
3059     }
3060
3061     // reverse the string...
3062     wxString s2;
3063     for ( i = 0;  i < n;  i++ )
3064     {
3065         s2 += s[n-i-1];
3066     }
3067
3068     return s2;
3069 }
3070
3071
3072 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3073 {
3074     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3075 }
3076
3077 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3078                                      const wxString& typeName )
3079 {
3080     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3081 }
3082
3083 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3084 {
3085     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3086 }
3087
3088 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3089 {
3090     return 0;
3091 }
3092
3093 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3094 {
3095     return 0.0;
3096 }
3097
3098 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3099 {
3100     return false;
3101 }
3102
3103 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3104                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3105 {
3106 }
3107
3108 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3109                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3110 {
3111 }
3112
3113 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3114                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3115 {
3116 }
3117
3118
3119 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3120                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3121 {
3122     return NULL;
3123 }
3124
3125 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3126                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3127                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3128 {
3129 }
3130
3131 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3132 //
3133 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3134 // to the grid view
3135 //
3136
3137 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3138 {
3139     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3140     m_id = -1;
3141     m_comInt1 = -1;
3142     m_comInt2 = -1;
3143 }
3144
3145 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3146                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3147 {
3148     m_table = table;
3149     m_id = id;
3150     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3151     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3152 }
3153
3154
3155
3156 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3157 //
3158 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3159 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3160 //
3161
3162 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3163
3164 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3165
3166 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3167         : wxGridTableBase()
3168 {
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3172         : wxGridTableBase()
3173 {
3174     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3175
3176     wxArrayString sa;
3177     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3178     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3179
3180     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3181 }
3182
3183 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3184 {
3185 }
3186
3187 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3188 {
3189     return m_data.GetCount();
3190 }
3191
3192 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3193 {
3194     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3195         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3196     else
3197         return 0;
3198 }
3199
3200 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3201 {
3202     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3203                  wxEmptyString,
3204                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3205
3206     return m_data[row][col];
3207 }
3208
3209 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3210 {
3211     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3212                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3213
3214     m_data[row][col] = value;
3215 }
3216
3217 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3218 {
3219     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3220                  true,
3221                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3222
3223     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3224 }
3225
3226 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3227 {
3228     int row, col;
3229     int numRows, numCols;
3230
3231     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3232     if ( numRows > 0 )
3233     {
3234         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3235
3236         for ( row = 0;  row < numRows;  row++ )
3237         {
3238             for ( col = 0;  col < numCols;  col++ )
3239             {
3240                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3241             }
3242         }
3243     }
3244 }
3245
3246
3247 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3248 {
3249     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3250     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3251                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3252
3253     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3254     {
3255         return AppendRows( numRows );
3256     }
3257
3258     wxArrayString sa;
3259     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3260     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3261     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3262     if ( GetView() )
3263     {
3264         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3265                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3266                                 pos,
3267                                 numRows );
3268
3269         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3270     }
3271
3272     return true;
3273 }
3274
3275 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3276 {
3277     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3278     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3279                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3280
3281     wxArrayString sa;
3282     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3283     {
3284         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3285         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3286     }
3287
3288     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3289
3290     if ( GetView() )
3291     {
3292         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3293                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3294                                 numRows );
3295
3296         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3297     }
3298
3299     return true;
3300 }
3301
3302 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3303 {
3304     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3305
3306     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3307     {
3308         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3309                     (
3310                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3311                         (unsigned long)pos,
3312                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3313                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3314                     ) );
3315
3316         return false;
3317     }
3318
3319     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3320     {
3321         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3322     }
3323
3324     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3325     {
3326         m_data.Clear();
3327     }
3328     else
3329     {
3330         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3331     }
3332     if ( GetView() )
3333     {
3334         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3335                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3336                                 pos,
3337                                 numRows );
3338
3339         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3340     }
3341
3342     return true;
3343 }
3344
3345 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3346 {
3347     size_t row, col;
3348
3349     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3350     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3351                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3352
3353     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3354     {
3355         return AppendCols( numCols );
3356     }
3357
3358     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3359     {
3360         for ( col = pos;  col < pos + numCols;  col++ )
3361         {
3362             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3363         }
3364     }
3365     if ( GetView() )
3366     {
3367         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3368                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3369                                 pos,
3370                                 numCols );
3371
3372         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3373     }
3374
3375     return true;
3376 }
3377
3378 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3379 {
3380     size_t row;
3381
3382     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3383 #if 0
3384     if ( !curNumRows )
3385     {
3386         // TODO: something better than this ?
3387         //
3388         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3389         return false;
3390     }
3391 #endif
3392
3393     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3394     {
3395         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3396     }
3397
3398     if ( GetView() )
3399     {
3400         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3401                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3402                                 numCols );
3403
3404         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3405     }
3406
3407     return true;
3408 }
3409
3410 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3411 {
3412     size_t row;
3413
3414     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3415     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3416                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3417
3418     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3419     {
3420         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3421                     (
3422                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3423                         (unsigned long)pos,
3424                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3425                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3426                     ) );
3427         return false;
3428     }
3429
3430     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3431     {
3432         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3433     }
3434
3435     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3436     {
3437         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3438         {
3439             m_data[row].Clear();
3440         }
3441         else
3442         {
3443             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3444         }
3445     }
3446     if ( GetView() )
3447     {
3448         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3449                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3450                                 pos,
3451                                 numCols );
3452
3453         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3454     }
3455
3456     return true;
3457 }
3458
3459 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3460 {
3461     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3462     {
3463         // using default label
3464         //
3465         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3466     }
3467     else
3468     {
3469         return m_rowLabels[ row ];
3470     }
3471 }
3472
3473 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3474 {
3475     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3476     {
3477         // using default label
3478         //
3479         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3480     }
3481     else
3482     {
3483         return m_colLabels[ col ];
3484     }
3485 }
3486
3487 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3488 {
3489     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3490     {
3491         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3492         int i;
3493         for ( i = n;  i <= row;  i++ )
3494         {
3495             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3496         }
3497     }
3498
3499     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3500 }
3501
3502 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3503 {
3504     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3505     {
3506         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3507         int i;
3508         for ( i = n;  i <= col;  i++ )
3509         {
3510             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3511         }
3512     }
3513
3514     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3515 }
3516
3517
3518
3519 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3520 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3521
3522 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3523
3524 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3525     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3526     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3527     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3528     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3529     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3530     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3531 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3532
3533 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3534                                             wxWindowID id,
3535                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3536   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3537 {
3538     m_owner = parent;
3539 }
3540
3541 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3542 {
3543     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3544
3545     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3546     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3547     // set the y coord  - MB
3548     //
3549     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3550
3551     int x, y;
3552     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3553     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3554
3555     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3556     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows );
3557 }
3558
3559
3560 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3561 {
3562     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3563 }
3564
3565
3566 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3567 {
3568     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3569 }
3570
3571
3572 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3573 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3574 //
3575 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3576 {
3577     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3578 }
3579
3580 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3581 {
3582     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3583 }
3584
3585 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3586 {
3587     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3588 }
3589
3590
3591
3592 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3593
3594 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3595
3596 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3597     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3598     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3599     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3600     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3601     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3602     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3603 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3604
3605 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3606                                             wxWindowID id,
3607                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3608   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3609 {
3610     m_owner = parent;
3611 }
3612
3613 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3614 {
3615     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3616
3617     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3618     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3619     // set the x coord  - MB
3620     //
3621     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3622
3623     int x, y;
3624     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3625     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3626
3627     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3628     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols );
3629 }
3630
3631
3632 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3633 {
3634     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3635 }
3636
3637 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3638 {
3639     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3640 }
3641
3642
3643 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3644 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3645 //
3646 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3647 {
3648     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3649 }
3650
3651 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3652 {
3653     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3654 }
3655
3656 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3657 {
3658     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3659 }
3660
3661
3662 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3663
3664 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3665
3666 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3667     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3668     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3669     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint)
3670     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3671     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3672     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3673 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3674
3675 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3676                                                   wxWindowID id,
3677                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3678   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3679 {
3680     m_owner = parent;
3681 }
3682
3683 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3684 {
3685     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3686
3687     int client_height = 0;
3688     int client_width = 0;
3689     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3690
3691     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3692 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3693     wxRect rect;
3694     rect.SetX( 1 );
3695     rect.SetY( 1 );
3696     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3697     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3698
3699     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3700 #else // !__WXGTK__
3701     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
3702     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 );
3703     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 );
3704     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3705     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3706
3707     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3708     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width-1, 1 );
3709     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height-1 );
3710 #endif // __WXGTK__/!__WXGTK__
3711 }
3712
3713
3714 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3715 {
3716     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3717 }
3718
3719
3720 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3721 {
3722     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3723 }
3724
3725 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3726 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3727 //
3728 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3729 {
3730     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3731 }
3732
3733 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3734 {
3735     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3736 }
3737
3738 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3739 {
3740     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3741 }
3742
3743
3744 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3745
3746 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3747
3748 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3749     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3750     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3751     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3752     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3753     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3754     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3755     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3756     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3757     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3758 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3759
3760 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3761                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3762                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3763                             wxWindowID id,
3764                             const wxPoint &pos,
3765                             const wxSize &size )
3766             : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3767                         wxT("grid window") )
3768
3769 {
3770     m_owner = parent;
3771     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3772     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3773 }
3774
3775
3776 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3777 {
3778     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3779     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3780     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3781     wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3782     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells);
3783 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3784     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3785 #endif
3786     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3787     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells );
3788 }
3789
3790
3791 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3792 {
3793     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3794     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3795     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3796 }
3797
3798
3799 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3800 {
3801     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3802         SetFocus();
3803
3804     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3805 }
3806
3807 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3808 {
3809     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3810 }
3811
3812 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3813 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3814 //
3815 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3816 {
3817     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3818 }
3819
3820 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3821 {
3822     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3823 }
3824
3825 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3826 {
3827     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3828 }
3829
3830 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3831 {
3832 }
3833
3834 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3835 {
3836     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3837         event.Skip();
3838 }
3839
3840 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3841
3842 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3843 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3844 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3845 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3846
3847 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3848
3849 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
3850                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
3851                            bool clipToMinMax);
3852
3853 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
3854                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
3855                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
3856 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
3857                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
3858                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
3859 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3860
3861 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
3862 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3863
3864 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3865     // new style border flags, we put them first to
3866     // use them for streaming out
3867     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
3868     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
3869     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
3870     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
3871     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
3872     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
3873
3874     // old style border flags
3875     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
3876     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
3877     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
3878     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
3879     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
3880     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
3881
3882     // standard window styles
3883     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
3884     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
3885     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
3886     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
3887     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
3888     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
3889     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
3890     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
3891
3892 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3893
3894 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
3895
3896 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
3897     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
3898     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
3899 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
3900
3901 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
3902 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
3903
3904 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
3905
3906 /*
3907  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout etc. via appropriate objects (\81à la NotebookPageInfo)
3908 */
3909 #else
3910 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
3911 #endif
3912
3913 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
3914     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
3915     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
3916     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
3917     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
3918     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
3919     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
3920 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3921
3922 wxGrid::wxGrid()
3923 {
3924     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
3925     // trigerred in a unfinished state
3926     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL ;
3927     m_rowLabelWin = NULL ;
3928     m_colLabelWin = NULL ;
3929     m_gridWin = NULL ;
3930 }
3931
3932 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
3933                  wxWindowID id,
3934                  const wxPoint& pos,
3935                  const wxSize& size,
3936                  long style,
3937                  const wxString& name )
3938   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
3939     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
3940     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
3941 {
3942     Create();
3943     SetBestFittingSize(size);
3944 }
3945
3946 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
3947                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
3948                           long style, const wxString& name)
3949 {
3950     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
3951                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
3952         return false;
3953
3954     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
3955     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
3956
3957     Create() ;
3958     SetBestFittingSize(size);
3959
3960     return true;
3961 }
3962
3963
3964 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
3965 {
3966     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
3967     SetTargetWindow(this);
3968     ClearAttrCache();
3969     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
3970
3971 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
3972     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
3973     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
3974                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
3975              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
3976              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
3977 #endif
3978
3979     if (m_ownTable)
3980         delete m_table;
3981
3982     delete m_typeRegistry;
3983     delete m_selection;
3984 }
3985
3986
3987 //
3988 // ----- internal init and update functions
3989 //
3990
3991 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
3992 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
3993 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
3994
3995 #if _USE_VISATTR
3996 #include "wx/listbox.h"
3997 #endif
3998
3999 void wxGrid::Create()
4000 {
4001     m_created = false;    // set to true by CreateGrid
4002
4003     m_table        = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4004     m_ownTable     = false;
4005
4006     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4007
4008     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4009
4010     // Set default cell attributes
4011     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4012     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4013     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4014     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4015     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4016     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4017
4018 #if _USE_VISATTR
4019     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4020     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4021
4022     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4023     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4024
4025 #else
4026     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4027         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4028     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4029         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4030 #endif
4031
4032     m_numRows = 0;
4033     m_numCols = 0;
4034     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4035
4036     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4037     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4038
4039     // create the type registry
4040     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4041     m_selection = NULL;
4042
4043     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4044     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4045                                                     wxID_ANY,
4046                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4047                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4048
4049     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4050                                               wxID_ANY,
4051                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4052                                               wxDefaultSize );
4053
4054     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4055                                               wxID_ANY,
4056                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4057                                               wxDefaultSize );
4058
4059     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4060                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4061                                   m_colLabelWin,
4062                                   wxID_ANY,
4063                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4064                                   wxDefaultSize );
4065
4066     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4067
4068 #if _USE_VISATTR
4069     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4070     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4071     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4072     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4073 #else
4074     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4075     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4076     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4077     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4078 #endif
4079     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4080     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4081     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4082     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4083     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4084     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4085
4086     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4087     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4088
4089     Init();
4090 }
4091
4092
4093 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4094                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4095 {
4096     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4097                  false,
4098                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4099
4100     m_numRows = numRows;
4101     m_numCols = numCols;
4102
4103     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4104     m_table->SetView( this );
4105     m_ownTable = true;
4106     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4107
4108     CalcDimensions();
4109
4110     m_created = true;
4111
4112     return m_created;
4113 }
4114
4115 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4116 {
4117     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4118                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4119
4120     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4121 }
4122
4123 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4124 {
4125     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4126                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4127
4128     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4129 }
4130
4131 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4132                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4133 {
4134     if ( m_created )
4135     {
4136         // stop all processing
4137         m_created = false;
4138
4139         if (m_ownTable)
4140         {
4141             wxGridTableBase *t=m_table;
4142             m_table=0;
4143             delete t;
4144         }
4145         delete m_selection;
4146
4147         m_table=0;
4148         m_selection=0;
4149         m_numRows=0;
4150         m_numCols=0;
4151     }
4152     if (table)
4153     {
4154         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4155         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4156
4157         m_table = table;
4158         m_table->SetView( this );
4159         if (takeOwnership)
4160             m_ownTable = true;
4161         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4162
4163         CalcDimensions();
4164
4165         m_created = true;
4166     }
4167
4168     return m_created;
4169 }
4170
4171
4172 void wxGrid::Init()
4173 {
4174     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4175     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4176
4177     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4178     {
4179         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4180     }
4181     else
4182     {
4183         m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") );
4184     }
4185
4186     m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") );
4187
4188     // init attr cache
4189     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4190     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4191     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4192
4193     // TODO: something better than this ?
4194     //
4195     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4196     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4197
4198     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4199     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4200
4201     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4202     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4203     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4204
4205     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4206     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4207
4208     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4209     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4210
4211 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4212     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4213 #else
4214     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4215 #endif
4216
4217     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4218     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4219     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4220     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4221     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4222
4223     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4224     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4225     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4226     m_canDragColSize = true;
4227     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4228     m_canDragCell = false;
4229     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4230     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4231     m_isDragging = false;
4232     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4233
4234     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4235
4236     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4237     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4238
4239     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4240
4241     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4242     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4243     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4244     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4245
4246     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4247
4248     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4249     m_batchCount = 0;
4250
4251     m_extraWidth =
4252     m_extraHeight = 0;
4253
4254     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4255     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4256 }
4257
4258 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4259 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4260 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4261 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4262 // arrays at all
4263 //
4264 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4265 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4266 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4267
4268 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4269 {
4270     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4271     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4272
4273     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4274     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4275
4276     int rowBottom = 0;
4277
4278     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4279
4280     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4281     {
4282         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4283         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4284     }
4285 }
4286
4287 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4288 {
4289     m_colWidths.Empty();
4290     m_colRights.Empty();
4291
4292     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4293     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4294     int colRight = 0;
4295
4296     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4297
4298     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4299     {
4300         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4301         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4302     }
4303 }
4304
4305 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4306 {
4307     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4308 }
4309
4310 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4311 {
4312     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4313                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4314 }
4315
4316 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4317 {
4318     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4319                                  : m_colRights[col];
4320 }
4321
4322 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4323 {
4324     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4325 }
4326
4327 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4328 {
4329     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4330                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4331 }
4332
4333 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4334 {
4335     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4336                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4337 }
4338
4339 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4340 {
4341     int cw, ch;
4342     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4343
4344     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4345         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4346     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4347         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4348
4349     // grid total size
4350     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4351     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4352
4353     // take into account editor if shown
4354     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4355     {
4356       int w2, h2;
4357       int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4358       int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4359       int x = GetColLeft(c);
4360       int y = GetRowTop(r);
4361
4362       // how big is the editor
4363       wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4364       wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4365       editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4366       w2 += x;
4367       h2 += y;
4368       if( w2 > w ) w = w2;
4369       if( h2 > h ) h = h2;
4370       editor->DecRef();
4371       attr->DecRef();
4372     }
4373
4374     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4375     int x, y;
4376     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4377
4378     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4379     if ( x >= w )
4380         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4381     if ( y >= h )
4382         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4383
4384     // do set scrollbar parameters
4385     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4386                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4387                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4388
4389     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4390     // still must reposition the children
4391     CalcWindowSizes();
4392 }
4393
4394
4395 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4396 {
4397     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4398
4399     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4400         return ;
4401
4402     int cw, ch;
4403     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4404
4405     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4406         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4407
4408     if (  m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4409         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
4410
4411     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4412         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4413
4414     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4415         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4416 }
4417
4418
4419 // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it
4420 // has been redimensioned
4421 //
4422 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4423 {
4424     int i;
4425     bool result = false;
4426
4427     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4428     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4429     ClearAttrCache();
4430     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4431     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4432     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4433     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4434     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4435     HideCellEditControl();
4436 #if 0
4437     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4438     // now
4439     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4440     {
4441         InitColWidths();
4442     }
4443
4444     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4445     {
4446         InitRowHeights();
4447     }
4448 #endif
4449
4450     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4451     {
4452         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4453         {
4454             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4455             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4456
4457             m_numRows += numRows;
4458
4459             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4460             {
4461                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4462                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4463
4464                 int bottom = 0;
4465                 if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1];
4466
4467                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4468                 {
4469                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4470                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4471                 }
4472             }
4473             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4474             {
4475                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4476                 // cell will be undefined...
4477                 //
4478                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4479             }
4480
4481             if ( m_selection )
4482                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4483             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4484             if (attrProvider)
4485                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4486
4487             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4488             {
4489                 CalcDimensions();
4490                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4491             }
4492         }
4493         result = true;
4494         break;
4495
4496         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4497         {
4498             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4499             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4500             m_numRows += numRows;
4501
4502             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4503             {
4504                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4505                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4506
4507                 int bottom = 0;
4508                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1];
4509
4510                 for ( i = oldNumRows;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4511                 {
4512                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4513                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4514                 }
4515             }
4516             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4517             {
4518                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4519                 // cell will be undefined...
4520                 //
4521                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4522             }
4523             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4524             {
4525                 CalcDimensions();
4526                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4527             }
4528         }
4529         result = true;
4530         break;
4531
4532         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4533         {
4534             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4535             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4536             m_numRows -= numRows;
4537
4538             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4539             {
4540                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4541                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4542
4543                 int h = 0;
4544                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4545                 {
4546                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4547                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4548                 }
4549             }
4550             if ( !m_numRows )
4551             {
4552                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4553             }
4554             else
4555             {
4556                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4557                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4558             }
4559
4560             if ( m_selection )
4561                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4562             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4563             if (attrProvider) {
4564                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4565 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4566 #if 0
4567                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4568                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4569                 // all column attributes.
4570                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4571                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4572                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4573                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4574 #endif
4575             }
4576             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4577             {
4578                 CalcDimensions();
4579                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4580             }
4581         }
4582         result = true;
4583         break;
4584
4585         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4586         {
4587             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4588             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4589             m_numCols += numCols;
4590
4591             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4592             {
4593                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4594                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4595
4596                 int right = 0;
4597                 if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1];
4598
4599                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4600                 {
4601                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4602                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4603                 }
4604             }
4605             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4606             {
4607                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4608                 // cell will be undefined...
4609                 //
4610                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4611             }
4612
4613             if ( m_selection )
4614                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4615             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4616             if (attrProvider)
4617                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4618             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4619             {
4620                 CalcDimensions();
4621                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4622             }
4623
4624         }
4625         result = true;
4626         break;
4627
4628         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4629         {
4630             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4631             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4632             m_numCols += numCols;
4633             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4634             {
4635                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4636                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4637
4638                 int right = 0;
4639                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1];
4640
4641                 for ( i = oldNumCols;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4642                 {
4643                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4644                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4645                 }
4646             }
4647             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4648             {
4649                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4650                 // cell will be undefined...
4651                 //
4652                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4653             }
4654             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4655             {
4656                 CalcDimensions();
4657                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4658             }
4659         }
4660         result = true;
4661         break;
4662
4663         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4664         {
4665             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4666             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4667             m_numCols -= numCols;
4668
4669             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4670             {
4671                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4672                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4673
4674                 int w = 0;
4675                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4676                 {
4677                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4678                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4679                 }
4680             }
4681             if ( !m_numCols )
4682             {
4683                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4684             }
4685             else
4686             {
4687                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4688                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4689             }
4690
4691             if ( m_selection )
4692                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4693             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4694             if (attrProvider) {
4695                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4696 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4697 #if 0
4698                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4699                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4700                 // all row attributes.
4701                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4702                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4703                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4704                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4705 #endif
4706             }
4707             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4708             {
4709                 CalcDimensions();
4710                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4711             }
4712         }
4713         result = true;
4714         break;
4715     }
4716
4717     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4718         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4719     return result;
4720 }
4721
4722
4723 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4724 {
4725     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4726     wxRect r;
4727
4728     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4729
4730     int top, bottom;
4731     while ( iter )
4732     {
4733         r = iter.GetRect();
4734
4735         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4736         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4737         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4738         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4739         //
4740 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4741         int cw, ch;
4742         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4743         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4744         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4745 #endif
4746
4747         // logical bounds of update region
4748         //
4749         int dummy;
4750         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4751         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4752
4753         // find the row labels within these bounds
4754         //
4755         int row;
4756         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4757         {
4758             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4759                 continue;
4760
4761             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4762                 break;
4763
4764             rowlabels.Add( row );
4765         }
4766
4767         ++iter;
4768     }
4769
4770     return rowlabels;
4771 }
4772
4773
4774 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4775 {
4776     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4777     wxRect r;
4778
4779     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4780
4781     int left, right;
4782     while ( iter )
4783     {
4784         r = iter.GetRect();
4785
4786         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4787         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4788         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4789         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4790         //
4791 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4792         int cw, ch;
4793         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4794         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4795         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4796 #endif
4797
4798         // logical bounds of update region
4799         //
4800         int dummy;
4801         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4802         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4803
4804         // find the cells within these bounds
4805         //
4806         int col;
4807         for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4808         {
4809             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4810                 continue;
4811
4812             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4813                 break;
4814
4815             colLabels.Add( col );
4816         }
4817
4818         ++iter;
4819     }
4820     return colLabels;
4821 }
4822
4823
4824 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4825 {
4826     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4827     wxRect r;
4828
4829     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
4830
4831     int left, top, right, bottom;
4832     while ( iter )
4833     {
4834         r = iter.GetRect();
4835
4836         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4837         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4838         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4839         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4840         //
4841 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4842         int cw, ch;
4843         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4844         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4845         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4846         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4847         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4848 #endif
4849
4850         // logical bounds of update region
4851         //
4852         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
4853         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
4854
4855         // find the cells within these bounds
4856         //
4857         int row, col;
4858         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4859         {
4860             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
4861                 continue;
4862
4863             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4864                 break;
4865
4866             for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4867             {
4868                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
4869                     continue;
4870
4871                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4872                     break;
4873
4874                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
4875             }
4876         }
4877
4878         ++iter;
4879     }
4880
4881     return cellsExposed;
4882 }
4883
4884
4885 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4886 {
4887     int x, y, row;
4888     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
4889     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
4890
4891     if ( event.Dragging() )
4892     {
4893         if (!m_isDragging)
4894         {
4895             m_isDragging = true;
4896             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
4897         }
4898
4899         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4900         {
4901             switch( m_cursorMode )
4902             {
4903                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4904                 {
4905                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
4906                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4907                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
4908
4909                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
4910                     PrepareDC( dc );
4911                     y = wxMax( y,
4912                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
4913                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
4914                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4915                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4916                     {
4917                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
4918                     }
4919                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
4920                     m_dragLastPos = y;
4921                 }
4922                 break;
4923
4924                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
4925                 {
4926                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
4927                     {
4928                         if ( m_selection )
4929                         {
4930                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
4931                                                     event.ControlDown(),
4932                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
4933                                                     event.AltDown(),
4934                                                     event.MetaDown() );
4935                         }
4936                     }
4937                 }
4938                 break;
4939
4940                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
4941                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
4942                 default:
4943                     break;
4944             }
4945         }
4946         return;
4947     }
4948
4949     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
4950         return;
4951
4952     if (m_isDragging)
4953     {
4954         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
4955         m_isDragging = false;
4956     }
4957
4958     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
4959     //
4960     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4961     {
4962         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
4963     }
4964
4965
4966     // ------------ Left button pressed
4967     //
4968     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
4969     {
4970         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
4971         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
4972         // wanting to resize the row
4973         //
4974         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
4975         {
4976             row = YToRow(y);
4977             if ( row >= 0  &&
4978                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
4979             {
4980                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
4981                     ClearSelection();
4982                 if ( m_selection )
4983                 {
4984                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4985                     {
4986                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4987                                                   0,
4988                                                   row,
4989                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
4990                                                   event.ControlDown(),
4991                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
4992                                                   event.AltDown(),
4993                                                   event.MetaDown() );
4994                     }
4995                     else
4996                     {
4997                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
4998                                                 event.ControlDown(),
4999                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5000                                                 event.AltDown(),
5001                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5002                     }
5003                 }
5004
5005                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5006             }
5007         }
5008         else
5009         {
5010             // starting to drag-resize a row
5011             //
5012             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5013                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5014         }
5015     }
5016
5017
5018     // ------------ Left double click
5019     //
5020     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5021     {
5022         int row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5023         if ( row < 0 )
5024         {
5025             row = YToRow(y);
5026             if ( row >=0 &&
5027                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5028             {
5029                 // no default action at the moment
5030             }
5031         }
5032         else
5033         {
5034             // adjust row height depending on label text
5035             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5036
5037             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5038             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5039         }
5040     }
5041
5042
5043     // ------------ Left button released
5044     //
5045     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5046     {
5047         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5048         {
5049             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5050
5051             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5052             // default processing in this case
5053             //
5054             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5055         }
5056
5057         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5058         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5059     }
5060
5061
5062     // ------------ Right button down
5063     //
5064     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5065     {
5066         row = YToRow(y);
5067         if ( row >=0 &&
5068              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5069         {
5070             // no default action at the moment
5071         }
5072     }
5073
5074
5075     // ------------ Right double click
5076     //
5077     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5078     {
5079         row = YToRow(y);
5080         if ( row >= 0 &&
5081              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5082         {
5083             // no default action at the moment
5084         }
5085     }
5086
5087
5088     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5089     //
5090     else if ( event.Moving() )
5091     {
5092         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5093         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5094         {
5095             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5096             {
5097                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5098                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5099                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5100             }
5101         }
5102         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5103         {
5104             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5105         }
5106     }
5107 }
5108
5109
5110 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5111 {
5112     int x, y, col;
5113     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5114     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5115
5116     if ( event.Dragging() )
5117     {
5118         if (!m_isDragging)
5119         {
5120             m_isDragging = true;
5121             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5122         }
5123
5124         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5125         {
5126             switch( m_cursorMode )
5127             {
5128                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5129                 {
5130                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5131                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5132                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5133
5134                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5135                     PrepareDC( dc );
5136
5137                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5138                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5139                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5140                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5141                     {
5142                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5143                     }
5144                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5145                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5146                 }
5147                 break;
5148
5149                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5150                 {
5151                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5152                     {
5153                         if ( m_selection )
5154                         {
5155                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5156                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5157                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5158                                                     event.AltDown(),
5159                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5160                         }
5161                     }
5162                 }
5163                 break;
5164
5165                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5166                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5167                 default:
5168                     break;
5169             }
5170         }
5171         return;
5172     }
5173
5174     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5175         return;
5176
5177     if (m_isDragging)
5178     {
5179         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5180         m_isDragging = false;
5181     }
5182
5183     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5184     //
5185     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5186     {
5187         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5188     }
5189
5190
5191     // ------------ Left button pressed
5192     //
5193     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5194     {
5195         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5196         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5197         // wanting to resize the col
5198         //
5199         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5200         {
5201             col = XToCol(x);
5202             if ( col >= 0  &&
5203                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5204             {
5205                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
5206                     ClearSelection();
5207                 if ( m_selection )
5208                 {
5209                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5210                     {
5211                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5212                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5213                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5214                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5215                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5216                                                   event.AltDown(),
5217                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5218                     }
5219                     else
5220                     {
5221                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5222                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5223                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5224                                                 event.AltDown(),
5225                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5226                     }
5227                 }
5228
5229                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5230             }
5231         }
5232         else
5233         {
5234             // starting to drag-resize a col
5235             //
5236             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5237                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5238         }
5239     }
5240
5241
5242     // ------------ Left double click
5243     //
5244     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5245     {
5246         int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5247         if ( col < 0 )
5248         {
5249             col = XToCol(x);
5250             if ( col >= 0 &&
5251                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5252             {
5253                 // no default action at the moment
5254             }
5255         }
5256         else
5257         {
5258             // adjust column width depending on label text
5259             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5260
5261             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5262             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5263         }
5264     }
5265
5266
5267     // ------------ Left button released
5268     //
5269     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5270     {
5271         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5272         {
5273             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5274
5275             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5276             // default processing in this case
5277             //
5278             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5279         }
5280
5281         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5282         m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5283     }
5284
5285
5286     // ------------ Right button down
5287     //
5288     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5289     {
5290         col = XToCol(x);
5291         if ( col >= 0 &&
5292              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5293         {
5294             // no default action at the moment
5295         }
5296     }
5297
5298
5299     // ------------ Right double click
5300     //
5301     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5302     {
5303         col = XToCol(x);
5304         if ( col >= 0 &&
5305              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5306         {
5307             // no default action at the moment
5308         }
5309     }
5310
5311
5312     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5313     //
5314     else if ( event.Moving() )
5315     {
5316         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5317         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5318         {
5319             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5320             {
5321                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5322                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5323                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5324             }
5325         }
5326         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5327         {
5328             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5329         }
5330     }
5331 }
5332
5333
5334 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5335 {
5336     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5337     {
5338         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5339         // col args == -1
5340         //
5341         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5342         {
5343             SelectAll();
5344         }
5345     }
5346
5347     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5348     {
5349         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5350     }
5351
5352     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5353     {
5354         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5355         {
5356             // no default action at the moment
5357         }
5358     }
5359
5360     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5361     {
5362         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5363         {
5364             // no default action at the moment
5365         }
5366     }
5367 }
5368
5369 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5370                               wxWindow *win,
5371                               bool captureMouse)
5372 {
5373 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5374     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5375     {
5376         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5377         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5378         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5379         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5380         _T("SELECT_COL")
5381     };
5382
5383     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5384                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5385                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5386                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5387                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5388                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5389 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
5390
5391     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5392          win == m_winCapture &&
5393          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5394         return;
5395
5396     if ( !win )
5397     {
5398         // by default use the grid itself
5399         win = m_gridWin;
5400     }
5401
5402     if ( m_winCapture )
5403     {
5404         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5405         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5406     }
5407
5408     m_cursorMode = mode;
5409
5410     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5411     {
5412         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5413             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5414             break;
5415
5416         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5417             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5418             break;
5419
5420         default:
5421             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5422     }
5423
5424     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5425     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5426                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5427
5428     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5429     {
5430         win->CaptureMouse();
5431         m_winCapture = win;
5432     }
5433 }
5434
5435 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5436 {
5437     int x, y;
5438     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5439     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5440
5441     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5442     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5443
5444     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5445     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5446     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5447     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5448     {
5449         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5450         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5451     }
5452
5453     if ( event.Dragging() )
5454     {
5455         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5456
5457         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at
5458         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5459         if (! m_isDragging)
5460         {
5461             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5462             {
5463                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5464                 return;
5465             }
5466             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5467                 return;
5468         }
5469
5470         m_isDragging = true;
5471         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5472         {
5473             // Hide the edit control, so it
5474             // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
5475             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5476             {
5477                 HideCellEditControl();
5478                 SaveEditControlValue();
5479             }
5480
5481             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5482             if (! m_winCapture)
5483             {
5484                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5485                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5486             }
5487
5488             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5489             {
5490                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5491                 {
5492                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5493                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5494                     HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5495                 }
5496                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5497                 {
5498                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5499                     {
5500                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5501                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5502
5503                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5504                                    coords.GetRow(),
5505                                    coords.GetCol(),
5506                                    event );
5507                     }
5508                 }
5509                 else
5510                 {
5511                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5512                     {
5513                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5514                     }
5515                     else
5516                     {
5517                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5518                     }
5519                 }
5520
5521                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5522                 {
5523                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5524                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5525                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5526                 }
5527             }
5528         }
5529         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5530         {
5531             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5532             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5533             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5534
5535             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5536             PrepareDC( dc );
5537             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5538                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5539             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5540             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5541             {
5542                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5543             }
5544             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5545             m_dragLastPos = y;
5546         }
5547         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5548         {
5549             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5550             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5551             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5552
5553             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5554             PrepareDC( dc );
5555             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5556                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5557             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5558             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5559             {
5560                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5561             }
5562             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5563             m_dragLastPos = x;
5564         }
5565
5566         return;
5567     }
5568
5569     m_isDragging = false;
5570     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5571
5572     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5573     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5574     //     wxGTK
5575 #if 0
5576     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5577     {
5578         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5579         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5580     }
5581     else
5582 #endif // 0
5583
5584     // ------------ Left button pressed
5585     //
5586     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5587     {
5588         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5589                        coords.GetRow(),
5590                        coords.GetCol(),
5591                        event ) )
5592         {
5593             if ( !event.ControlDown() )
5594                 ClearSelection();
5595             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5596             {
5597                 if ( m_selection )
5598                 {
5599                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5600                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5601                                               coords.GetRow(),
5602                                               coords.GetCol(),
5603                                               event.ControlDown(),
5604                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5605                                               event.AltDown(),
5606                                               event.MetaDown() );
5607                 }
5608             }
5609             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&
5610                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5611             {
5612                 DisableCellEditControl();
5613                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5614
5615                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5616                 {
5617                     if ( m_selection )
5618                     {
5619                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5620                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5621                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5622                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5623                                                           event.AltDown(),
5624                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5625                     }
5626                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5627                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5628                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5629                 }
5630                 else
5631                 {
5632                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5633                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5634                     if ( m_selection )
5635                     {
5636                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5637                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5638                         {
5639                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5640                         }
5641                     }
5642                 }
5643             }
5644         }
5645     }
5646
5647
5648     // ------------ Left double click
5649     //
5650     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5651     {
5652         DisableCellEditControl();
5653
5654         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&  YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5655         {
5656             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5657                              coords.GetRow(),
5658                              coords.GetCol(),
5659                              event ) )
5660             {
5661                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5662                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5663                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5664             }
5665         }
5666
5667     }
5668
5669
5670     // ------------ Left button released
5671     //
5672     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5673     {
5674         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5675         {
5676             if (m_winCapture)
5677             {
5678                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5679                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5680             }
5681
5682             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl())
5683             {
5684                 ClearSelection();
5685                 EnableCellEditControl();
5686
5687                 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5688                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5689                 editor->StartingClick();
5690                 editor->DecRef();
5691                 attr->DecRef();
5692
5693                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5694             }
5695             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5696                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5697             {
5698                 if ( m_selection )
5699                 {
5700                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5701                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5702                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5703                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5704                                               event.ControlDown(),
5705                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5706                                               event.AltDown(),
5707                                               event.MetaDown() );
5708                 }
5709
5710                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5711                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5712
5713                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5714                 // drag-shrinking.
5715                 ShowCellEditControl();
5716             }
5717         }
5718         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5719         {
5720             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5721             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5722
5723             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5724             // default processing in this case
5725             //
5726             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5727         }
5728         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5729         {
5730             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5731             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5732
5733             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5734             // default processing in this case
5735             //
5736             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5737         }
5738
5739         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5740     }
5741
5742
5743     // ------------ Right button down
5744     //
5745     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5746     {
5747         DisableCellEditControl();
5748         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5749                          coords.GetRow(),
5750                          coords.GetCol(),
5751                          event ) )
5752         {
5753             // no default action at the moment
5754         }
5755     }
5756
5757
5758     // ------------ Right double click
5759     //
5760     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5761     {
5762         DisableCellEditControl();
5763         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5764                          coords.GetRow(),
5765                          coords.GetCol(),
5766                          event ) )
5767         {
5768             // no default action at the moment
5769         }
5770     }
5771
5772     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5773     //
5774     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5775     {
5776         if( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5777         {
5778             // out of grid cell area
5779             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5780             return;
5781         }
5782
5783         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5784         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5785
5786         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5787         // directions is not implemented yet...
5788         //
5789         if ( dragRow >= 0  &&  dragCol >= 0 )
5790         {
5791             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5792             return;
5793         }
5794
5795         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5796         {
5797             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5798
5799             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5800             {
5801                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5802                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5803             }
5804
5805             if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5806             {
5807                 m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5808             }
5809
5810             return;
5811         }
5812
5813         if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5814         {
5815             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5816
5817             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5818             {
5819                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5820                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5821             }
5822
5823             return;
5824         }
5825
5826         // Neither on a row or col edge
5827         //
5828         if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5829         {
5830             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5831         }
5832     }
5833 }
5834
5835
5836 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5837 {
5838     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5839     {
5840         // erase the last line and resize the row
5841         //
5842         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5843         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5844         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5845
5846         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5847         PrepareDC( dc );
5848         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5849         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5850         HideCellEditControl();
5851         SaveEditControlValue();
5852
5853         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5854         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5855                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5856
5857         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5858         {
5859             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
5860             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
5861             rect.x = 0;
5862             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5863             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
5864             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5865             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5866             rect.width = cw;
5867             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5868             if (m_table)
5869             {
5870                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
5871                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
5872                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left+cw);
5873                 if (leftCol >= 0)
5874                 {
5875                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
5876                     {
5877                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5878                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
5879                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
5880                     }
5881                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
5882                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5883                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5884                 }
5885             }
5886             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5887         }
5888
5889         ShowCellEditControl();
5890     }
5891 }
5892
5893
5894 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
5895 {
5896     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5897     {
5898         // erase the last line and resize the col
5899         //
5900         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5901         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5902         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5903
5904         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5905         PrepareDC( dc );
5906         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5907         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5908         HideCellEditControl();
5909         SaveEditControlValue();
5910
5911         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
5912         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5913                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
5914                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
5915
5916         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5917         {
5918             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
5919             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
5920             rect.y = 0;
5921             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
5922             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
5923             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
5924             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5925             rect.height = ch;
5926             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5927             if (m_table)
5928             {
5929                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
5930                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
5931                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top+cw);
5932                 if (topRow >= 0)
5933                 {
5934                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
5935                     {
5936                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5937                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
5938                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
5939                     }
5940                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
5941                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
5942                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
5943                 }
5944             }
5945             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5946         }
5947
5948         ShowCellEditControl();
5949     }
5950 }
5951
5952
5953
5954 //
5955 // ------ interaction with data model
5956 //
5957 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
5958 {
5959     switch ( msg.GetId() )
5960     {
5961         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
5962             return GetModelValues();
5963
5964         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
5965             return SetModelValues();
5966
5967         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
5968         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
5969         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
5970         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
5971         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
5972         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5973             return Redimension( msg );
5974
5975         default:
5976             return false;
5977     }
5978 }
5979
5980
5981
5982 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
5983 // Clear() function.  For the default wxGridStringTable class the
5984 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
5985 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
5986 //
5987 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
5988 {
5989     if ( m_table )
5990     {
5991         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
5992             DisableCellEditControl();
5993
5994         m_table->Clear();
5995         if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh();
5996     }
5997 }
5998
5999
6000 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6001 {
6002     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6003
6004     if ( !m_created )
6005     {
6006         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6007         return false;
6008     }
6009
6010     if ( m_table )
6011     {
6012         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6013             DisableCellEditControl();
6014
6015         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6016         return done;
6017
6018         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6019         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6020     }
6021     return false;
6022 }
6023
6024
6025 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6026 {
6027     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6028
6029     if ( !m_created )
6030     {
6031         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6032         return false;
6033     }
6034
6035     if ( m_table )
6036     {
6037         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6038         return done;
6039         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6040         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6041     }
6042     return false;
6043 }
6044
6045
6046 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6047 {
6048     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6049
6050     if ( !m_created )
6051     {
6052         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6053         return false;
6054     }
6055
6056     if ( m_table )
6057     {
6058         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6059             DisableCellEditControl();
6060
6061         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6062         return done;
6063         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6064         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6065     }
6066     return false;
6067 }
6068
6069
6070 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6071 {
6072     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6073
6074     if ( !m_created )
6075     {
6076         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6077         return false;
6078     }
6079
6080     if ( m_table )
6081     {
6082         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6083             DisableCellEditControl();
6084
6085         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6086         return done;
6087         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6088         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6089     }
6090     return false;
6091 }
6092
6093
6094 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6095 {
6096     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6097
6098     if ( !m_created )
6099     {
6100         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6101         return false;
6102     }
6103
6104     if ( m_table )
6105     {
6106         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6107         return done;
6108         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6109         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6110     }
6111     return false;
6112 }
6113
6114
6115 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6116 {
6117     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6118
6119     if ( !m_created )
6120     {
6121         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6122         return false;
6123     }
6124
6125     if ( m_table )
6126     {
6127         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6128             DisableCellEditControl();
6129
6130         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6131         return done;
6132         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6133         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6134     }
6135     return false;
6136 }
6137
6138
6139
6140 //
6141 // ----- event handlers
6142 //
6143
6144 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6145 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6146 //
6147 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6148                         int row, int col,
6149                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6150 {
6151    bool claimed;
6152    bool vetoed;
6153
6154    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6155    {
6156        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6157
6158        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6159                type,
6160                this,
6161                rowOrCol,
6162                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6163                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6164                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6165                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6166                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6167                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6168
6169        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6170        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6171    }
6172    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6173    {
6174        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6175        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6176                type,
6177                this,
6178                m_selectingTopLeft,
6179                m_selectingBottomRight,
6180                true,
6181                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6182                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6183                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6184                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6185
6186        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6187        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6188    }
6189    else
6190    {
6191        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6192                type,
6193                this,
6194                row, col,
6195                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6196                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6197                false,
6198                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6199                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6200                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6201                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6202        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6203        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6204    }
6205
6206    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6207    if (vetoed) return -1;
6208    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6209 }
6210
6211
6212 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6213 // of ProcessEvent().
6214 //
6215 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6216                         int row, int col )
6217 {
6218    bool claimed;
6219    bool vetoed;
6220
6221     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6222     {
6223         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6224
6225         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6226                                  type,
6227                                  this,
6228                                  rowOrCol );
6229
6230         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6231         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6232     }
6233     else
6234     {
6235         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6236                              type,
6237                              this,
6238                              row, col );
6239
6240         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6241         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6242      }
6243
6244     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6245     if (vetoed) return -1;
6246     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6247 }
6248
6249
6250 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6251 {
6252     wxPaintDC dc(this);  // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6253 }
6254
6255 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6256 {
6257     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6258     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6259     if (! GetBatchCount())
6260     {
6261         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6262         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb,rect);
6263
6264         if (rect)
6265         {
6266             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6267             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6268             int x, y;
6269
6270             //Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6271             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6272             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6273             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6274             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6275
6276             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6277             if (width_label > rectWidth) width_label = rectWidth;
6278
6279             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6280             if (height_label > rectHeight) height_label = rectHeight;
6281
6282             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6283             {
6284                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6285                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6286             }
6287             else
6288             {
6289                 x = 0;
6290                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6291             }
6292
6293             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6294             {
6295                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6296                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6297             }
6298             else
6299             {
6300                 y = 0;
6301                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6302             }
6303
6304             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6305             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6306             {
6307                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6308                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6309             }
6310
6311             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6312             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6313             {
6314                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6315                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6316             }
6317
6318             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6319             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6320             {
6321                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6322                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6323             }
6324
6325             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6326             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6327             {
6328                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6329                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6330             }
6331         }
6332         else
6333         {
6334             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6335             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6336             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6337             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6338         }
6339     }
6340 }
6341
6342 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6343 {
6344     // position the child windows
6345     CalcWindowSizes();
6346
6347     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6348     // changes itself
6349     event.Skip();
6350 }
6351
6352
6353 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6354 {
6355     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6356     {
6357         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6358         //
6359         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6360     }
6361
6362     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6363
6364     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6365     //
6366     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6367     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6368     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6369
6370     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6371     {
6372
6373         // try local handlers
6374         //
6375         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6376         {
6377             case WXK_UP:
6378                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6379                 {
6380                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6381                 }
6382                 else
6383                 {
6384                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6385                 }
6386                 break;
6387
6388             case WXK_DOWN:
6389                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6390                 {
6391                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6392                 }
6393                 else
6394                 {
6395                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6396                 }
6397                 break;
6398
6399             case WXK_LEFT:
6400                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6401                 {
6402                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6403                 }
6404                 else
6405                 {
6406                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6407                 }
6408                 break;
6409
6410             case WXK_RIGHT:
6411                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6412                 {
6413                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6414                 }
6415                 else
6416                 {
6417                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6418                 }
6419                 break;
6420
6421             case WXK_RETURN:
6422             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6423                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6424                 {
6425                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6426                 }
6427                 else
6428                 {
6429                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6430                     {
6431                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6432                     }
6433                     else
6434                     {
6435                         // at the bottom of a column
6436                         DisableCellEditControl();
6437                     }
6438                 }
6439                 break;
6440
6441             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6442                 ClearSelection();
6443                 break;
6444
6445             case WXK_TAB:
6446                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6447                 {
6448                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6449                     {
6450                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6451                     }
6452                     else
6453                     {
6454                         // at left of grid
6455                         DisableCellEditControl();
6456                     }
6457                 }
6458                 else
6459                 {
6460                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 )
6461                     {
6462                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6463                     }
6464                     else
6465                     {
6466                         // at right of grid
6467                         DisableCellEditControl();
6468                     }
6469                 }
6470                 break;
6471
6472             case WXK_HOME:
6473                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6474                 {
6475                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6476                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6477                 }
6478                 else
6479                 {
6480                     event.Skip();
6481                 }
6482                 break;
6483
6484             case WXK_END:
6485                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6486                 {
6487                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6488                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6489                 }
6490                 else
6491                 {
6492                     event.Skip();
6493                 }
6494                 break;
6495
6496             case WXK_PRIOR:
6497                 MovePageUp();
6498                 break;
6499
6500             case WXK_NEXT:
6501                 MovePageDown();
6502                 break;
6503
6504             case WXK_SPACE:
6505                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6506                 {
6507                     if ( m_selection )
6508                     {
6509                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6510                                                           m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6511                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6512                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6513                                                           event.AltDown(),
6514                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6515                     }
6516                     break;
6517                 }
6518                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6519                 {
6520                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6521                     break;
6522                 }
6523                 // Otherwise fall through to default
6524
6525             default:
6526                 event.Skip();
6527                 break;
6528         }
6529     }
6530
6531     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6532 }
6533
6534 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6535 {
6536     // try local handlers
6537     //
6538     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6539     {
6540         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6541              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6542         {
6543             if ( m_selection )
6544             {
6545                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6546                                           m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6547                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6548                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6549                                           event.ControlDown(),
6550                                           true,
6551                                           event.AltDown(),
6552                                           event.MetaDown() );
6553             }
6554         }
6555
6556         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6557         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6558         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6559     }
6560 }
6561
6562 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6563 {
6564     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6565     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6566     {
6567         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6568         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6569         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6570         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6571         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6572
6573         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6574         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6575         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6576              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6577         {
6578             // ensure cell is visble
6579             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6580             EnableCellEditControl();
6581
6582             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6583             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6584             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6585             // crash the app
6586             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6587                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6588         }
6589         else
6590         {
6591             event.Skip();
6592         }
6593
6594         editor->DecRef();
6595         attr->DecRef();
6596     }
6597     else
6598     {
6599         event.Skip();
6600     }
6601 }
6602
6603
6604 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6605 {
6606 }
6607
6608 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6609 {
6610     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6611     {
6612         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6613         return;
6614     }
6615
6616     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6617     PrepareDC(dc);
6618
6619     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6620     {
6621         DisableCellEditControl();
6622
6623         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6624         {
6625             wxRect r;
6626             r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords);
6627             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6628             {
6629                 r.x--;
6630                 r.y--;
6631                 r.width++;
6632                 r.height++;
6633             }
6634
6635             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6636
6637             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6638             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6639
6640             DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells);
6641             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6642         }
6643     }
6644
6645     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6646
6647     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6648     DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
6649     attr->DecRef();
6650 }
6651
6652
6653 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6654 {
6655     int temp;
6656     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6657
6658     if ( m_selection )
6659     {
6660         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6661         {
6662             leftCol = 0;
6663             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6664         }
6665         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6666         {
6667             topRow = 0;
6668             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6669         }
6670     }
6671
6672     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6673     {
6674         temp = topRow;
6675         topRow = bottomRow;
6676         bottomRow = temp;
6677     }
6678
6679     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6680     {
6681         temp = leftCol;
6682         leftCol = rightCol;
6683         rightCol = temp;
6684     }
6685
6686     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6687     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6688
6689     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6690     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6691          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6692     {
6693         wxRect rect;
6694         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6695                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6696         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6697     }
6698     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6699     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6700               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6701     {
6702         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6703         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6704         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6705         wxRect  rect[4];
6706         bool    need_refresh[4];
6707         need_refresh[0] =
6708         need_refresh[1] =
6709         need_refresh[2] =
6710         need_refresh[3] = false;
6711         int     i;
6712
6713         // Store intermediate values
6714         wxCoord oldLeft   = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6715         wxCoord oldTop    = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6716         wxCoord oldRight  = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6717         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6718
6719         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6720         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6721         {
6722             temp = oldLeft;
6723             oldLeft = leftCol;
6724             leftCol = temp;
6725         }
6726         if (oldTop > topRow )
6727         {
6728             temp = oldTop;
6729             oldTop = topRow;
6730             topRow = temp;
6731         }
6732         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6733         {
6734             temp = oldRight;
6735             oldRight = rightCol;
6736             rightCol = temp;
6737         }
6738         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6739         {
6740             temp = oldBottom;
6741             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6742             bottomRow = temp;
6743         }
6744
6745         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6746         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6747         // is contained in the other.
6748
6749         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6750         {
6751             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6752             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6753             need_refresh[0] = true;
6754             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6755                                                             oldLeft ),
6756                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6757                                                             leftCol - 1 ) );
6758         }
6759
6760         if ( oldTop  < topRow )
6761         {
6762             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6763             // area above the old or new selection.
6764             need_refresh[1] = true;
6765             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6766                                                             leftCol ),
6767                                          wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1,
6768                                                             rightCol ) );
6769         }
6770
6771         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6772         {
6773             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6774             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6775             need_refresh[2] = true;
6776             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6777                                                             rightCol + 1 ),
6778                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6779                                                             oldRight ) );
6780         }
6781
6782         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6783         {
6784             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6785             // area below the old or new selection.
6786             need_refresh[3] = true;
6787             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1,
6788                                                             leftCol ),
6789                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6790                                                             rightCol ) );
6791         }
6792
6793         // various Refresh() calls
6794         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6795             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6796                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6797     }
6798     // Change Selection
6799     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6800     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6801 }
6802
6803 //
6804 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6805 //
6806
6807 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6808 {
6809     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6810     HideCellEditControl();
6811
6812     if ( m_table )
6813     {
6814         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6815         //
6816         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6817         return true;
6818     }
6819
6820     return false;
6821 }
6822
6823
6824 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6825 {
6826     int row, col;
6827
6828     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6829     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6830     // I think so ...
6831     DisableCellEditControl();
6832
6833     if ( m_table )
6834     {
6835         for ( row = 0;  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
6836         {
6837             for ( col = 0;  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
6838             {
6839                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6840             }
6841         }
6842
6843         return true;
6844     }
6845
6846     return false;
6847 }
6848
6849
6850
6851 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6852 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6853 // CalcExposedCells)
6854 //
6855 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6856 {
6857     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return;
6858
6859     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6860     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6861     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6862
6863     for ( i = numCells-1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6864     {
6865         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6866         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6867         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6868
6869         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6870         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6871         {
6872             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols);
6873             bool marked = false;
6874             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells;  j++ )
6875             {
6876                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6877                 {
6878                     marked = true;
6879                     break;
6880                 }
6881             }
6882             if (!marked)
6883             {
6884                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6885                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
6886                 {
6887                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
6888                     {
6889                         marked = true;
6890                         break;
6891                     }
6892                 }
6893                 if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
6894             }
6895             continue; // don't bother drawing this cell
6896         }
6897
6898         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
6899         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
6900         {
6901             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
6902             {
6903                 // find a cell in this row to left alreay marked for repaint
6904                 int left = col;
6905                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
6906                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
6907                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
6908                         left=redrawCells[k].GetCol();
6909
6910                 if (left == col) left = 0; // oh well
6911
6912                 for (int j = col-1; j >= left; j--)
6913                 {
6914                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+l, j))
6915                     {
6916                         if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j))
6917                         {
6918                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j);
6919                             bool marked = false;
6920
6921                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
6922                             {
6923                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
6924                                 {
6925                                     marked = true;
6926                                     break;
6927                                 }
6928                             }
6929                             if (!marked)
6930                             {
6931                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6932                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
6933                                 {
6934                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
6935                                     {
6936                                         marked = true;
6937                                         break;
6938                                     }
6939                                 }
6940                                 if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
6941                             }
6942                         }
6943                         break;
6944                     }
6945                 }
6946             }
6947         }
6948         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
6949     }
6950
6951     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
6952
6953     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6954     {
6955         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
6956     }
6957 }
6958
6959
6960 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
6961 {
6962   int cw, ch;
6963   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6964
6965   int right, bottom;
6966   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
6967
6968   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
6969   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ;
6970
6971   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
6972   {
6973       int left, top;
6974       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
6975
6976       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
6977       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
6978
6979       if ( right > rightCol )
6980       {
6981           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch);
6982       }
6983
6984       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
6985       {
6986           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow);
6987       }
6988   }
6989 }
6990
6991
6992 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6993 {
6994     int row = coords.GetRow();
6995     int col = coords.GetCol();
6996
6997     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
6998         return;
6999
7000     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7001 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7002     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7003         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7004 #endif
7005
7006     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7007
7008     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7009
7010     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7011
7012     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7013     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7014     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7015     {
7016         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7017         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7018         editor->DecRef();
7019     }
7020     else
7021     {
7022         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be
7023         // customized
7024         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7025         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7026         renderer->DecRef();
7027     }
7028
7029     attr->DecRef();
7030 }
7031
7032 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7033 {
7034     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7035     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7036
7037     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7038         return;
7039
7040     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7041
7042     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7043     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7044     // it doesn't look really good
7045
7046     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7047
7048     if (penWidth > 0)
7049     {
7050         // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7051         // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will
7052         // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of
7053         // the line.  If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then
7054         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7055         rect.x += penWidth/2;
7056         rect.y += penWidth/2;
7057         rect.width -= penWidth-1;
7058         rect.height -= penWidth-1;
7059
7060
7061         // Now draw the rectangle
7062         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7063         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7064         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col)?m_selectionForeground:m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7065         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7066         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7067     }
7068
7069 #if 0
7070         // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders...
7071
7072         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7073         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7074                 y1 = rect.y,
7075                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1,
7076                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1;
7077
7078         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7079         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7080         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7081
7082         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7083         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 );
7084
7085         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7086         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7087         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1);
7088 #endif // 0
7089 }
7090
7091
7092 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7093 {
7094     int row = coords.GetRow();
7095     int col = coords.GetCol();
7096     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7097         return;
7098
7099     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7100
7101     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7102
7103     // right hand border
7104     //
7105     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7106                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7107
7108     // bottom border
7109     //
7110     dc.DrawLine( rect.x,              rect.y + rect.height,
7111                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7112 }
7113
7114 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const  wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7115 {
7116     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7117     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7118     //
7119     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
7120          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7121     {
7122         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7123     }
7124
7125     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7126     {
7127         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7128         return;
7129     }
7130
7131     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7132     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7133     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7134     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7135     {
7136         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7137         {
7138             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7139             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7140             attr->DecRef();
7141
7142             break;
7143         }
7144     }
7145 }
7146
7147 // TODO: remove this ???
7148 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7149 // has been changed
7150 //
7151 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7152 {
7153 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7154     return;
7155 #endif
7156
7157     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ||
7158          !m_numRows ||
7159          !m_numCols ) return;
7160
7161     int top, bottom, left, right;
7162
7163 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7164     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7165     {
7166       int cw, ch;
7167       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7168
7169       // virtual coords of visible area
7170       //
7171       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7172       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7173     }
7174     else
7175     {
7176       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7177       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7178       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7179       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7180     }
7181 #else
7182       int cw, ch;
7183       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7184       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7185       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7186 #endif
7187
7188     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7189     //
7190     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7191     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7192
7193     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7194     int leftCol   = internalXToCol(left);
7195     int topRow    = internalYToRow(top);
7196     int rightCol  = internalXToCol(right);
7197     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7198
7199 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7200     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7201     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7202
7203     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7204     wxRect rect;
7205
7206     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7207     {
7208         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7209         {
7210             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7211             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7212             {
7213                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7214                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7215                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7216             }
7217             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7218             {
7219                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7220                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7221                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7222             }
7223         }
7224     }
7225 #else
7226     wxRegion clippedcells( left , top, right - left, bottom - top);
7227
7228     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7229     wxRect rect;
7230
7231     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7232     {
7233         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7234         {
7235             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7236             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7237             {
7238                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7239                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7240             }
7241             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7242             {
7243                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7244                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7245             }
7246         }
7247     }
7248 #endif
7249     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7250
7251     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7252
7253     // horizontal grid lines
7254     //
7255     // already declared above - int i;
7256     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7257     {
7258         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7259
7260         if ( bot > bottom )
7261         {
7262             break;
7263         }
7264
7265         if ( bot >= top )
7266         {
7267             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7268         }
7269     }
7270
7271
7272     // vertical grid lines
7273     //
7274     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7275     {
7276         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7277         if ( colRight > right )
7278         {
7279             break;
7280         }
7281
7282         if ( colRight >= left )
7283         {
7284             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7285         }
7286     }
7287     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7288 }
7289
7290
7291 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
7292 {
7293     if ( !m_numRows ) return;
7294
7295     size_t i;
7296     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7297
7298     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7299     {
7300         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7301     }
7302 }
7303
7304
7305 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7306 {
7307     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7308         return;
7309
7310     wxRect rect;
7311 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7312     rect.SetX( 1 );
7313     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7314     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7315     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7316
7317     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7318
7319     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7320
7321     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7322 #else
7323     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7324         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7325
7326     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7327     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop,
7328                  m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom );
7329
7330     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7331
7332     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7333
7334     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7335     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7336     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop );
7337 #endif
7338     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7339     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7340     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7341
7342     int hAlign, vAlign;
7343     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7344
7345     rect.SetX( 2 );
7346     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7347     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7348     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7349     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7350 }
7351
7352
7353 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7354 {
7355     if ( !m_numCols ) return;
7356
7357     size_t i;
7358     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7359
7360     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7361     {
7362         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7363     }
7364 }
7365
7366
7367 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7368 {
7369     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7370         return;
7371
7372     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7373
7374     wxRect rect;
7375 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7376     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7377     rect.SetY( 1 );
7378     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7379     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7380
7381     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7382
7383     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7384 #else
7385     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7386
7387     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7388     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0,
7389                  colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7390
7391     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7392
7393     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1,
7394                  colRight+1, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7395
7396     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7397     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7398     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7399 #endif
7400     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7401     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7402     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7403
7404     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7405     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7406     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7407
7408     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7409     rect.SetY( 2 );
7410     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7411     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7412     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7413 }
7414
7415 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7416                                 const wxString& value,
7417                                 const wxRect& rect,
7418                                 int horizAlign,
7419                                 int vertAlign,
7420                                 int textOrientation )
7421 {
7422     wxArrayString lines;
7423
7424     StringToLines( value, lines );
7425
7426
7427     //Forward to new API.
7428     DrawTextRectangle(  dc,
7429         lines,
7430         rect,
7431         horizAlign,
7432         vertAlign,
7433         textOrientation );
7434
7435 }
7436
7437 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7438                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7439                                const wxRect& rect,
7440                                int horizAlign,
7441                                int vertAlign,
7442                                int textOrientation )
7443 {
7444     long textWidth, textHeight;
7445     long lineWidth, lineHeight;
7446     int nLines;
7447
7448     dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
7449
7450     nLines = lines.GetCount();
7451     if( nLines > 0 )
7452     {
7453         int l;
7454         float x = 0.0, y = 0.0;
7455
7456         if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7457             GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight);
7458         else
7459             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7460
7461         switch( vertAlign )
7462         {
7463         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7464             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7465                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7466             else
7467                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7468             break;
7469
7470         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7471             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7472                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2);
7473             else
7474                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2);
7475             break;
7476
7477         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7478         default:
7479             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7480                 y = rect.y + 1;
7481             else
7482                 x = rect.x + 1;
7483             break;
7484         }
7485
7486         // Align each line of a multi-line label
7487         for( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7488         {
7489             dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7490
7491             switch( horizAlign )
7492             {
7493             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7494                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7495                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7496                 else
7497                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7498                 break;
7499
7500             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7501                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7502                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth)/2);
7503                 else
7504                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth)/2);
7505                 break;
7506
7507             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7508             default:
7509                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7510                     x = rect.x + 1;
7511                 else
7512                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7513                 break;
7514             }
7515
7516             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7517             {
7518                 dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y );
7519                 y += lineHeight;
7520             }
7521             else
7522             {
7523                 dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 );
7524                 x += lineHeight;
7525             }
7526         }
7527     }
7528     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7529 }
7530
7531
7532 // Split multi line text up into an array of strings.  Any existing
7533 // contents of the string array are preserved.
7534 //
7535 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7536 {
7537     int startPos = 0;
7538     int pos;
7539     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7540     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7541
7542     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() )
7543     {
7544         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7545         if ( pos < 0 )
7546         {
7547             break;
7548         }
7549         else if ( pos == 0 )
7550         {
7551             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7552         }
7553         else
7554         {
7555             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7556         }
7557         startPos += pos+1;
7558     }
7559     if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() )
7560     {
7561         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7562     }
7563 }
7564
7565
7566 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7567                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7568                              long *width, long *height )
7569 {
7570     long w = 0;
7571     long h = 0;
7572     long lineW, lineH;
7573
7574     size_t i;
7575     for ( i = 0;  i < lines.GetCount();  i++ )
7576     {
7577         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7578         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7579         h += lineH;
7580     }
7581
7582     *width = w;
7583     *height = h;
7584 }
7585
7586 //
7587 // ------ Batch processing.
7588 //
7589 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7590 {
7591     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7592     {
7593         m_batchCount--;
7594         if ( !m_batchCount )
7595         {
7596             CalcDimensions();
7597             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7598             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7599             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7600             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7601         }
7602     }
7603 }
7604
7605 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7606 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7607 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7608 //
7609 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7610 {
7611     BeginBatch();
7612     EndBatch();
7613 }
7614
7615 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7616 {
7617     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7618         return false;
7619
7620     // redraw in the new state
7621     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7622
7623     return true;
7624 }
7625
7626 //
7627 // ------ Edit control functions
7628 //
7629
7630
7631 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7632 {
7633     // TODO: improve this ?
7634     //
7635     if ( edit != m_editable )
7636     {
7637         if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7638         m_editable = edit;
7639     }
7640 }
7641
7642
7643 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7644 {
7645     if (! m_editable)
7646         return;
7647
7648     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7649         SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7650
7651     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7652     {
7653         if ( enable )
7654         {
7655             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7656                 return;
7657
7658             // this should be checked by the caller!
7659             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(),
7660                           _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7661
7662             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7663             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7664
7665             ShowCellEditControl();
7666         }
7667         else
7668         {
7669             //FIXME:add veto support
7670             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
7671
7672             HideCellEditControl();
7673             SaveEditControlValue();
7674
7675             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7676             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7677         }
7678     }
7679 }
7680
7681 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7682 {
7683     // const_cast
7684     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7685     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7686     attr->DecRef();
7687
7688     return readonly;
7689 }
7690
7691 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7692 {
7693     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7694         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7695
7696 }
7697
7698 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7699 {
7700     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7701     // current one if it's read only
7702     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7703 }
7704
7705 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7706 {
7707     bool isShown = false;
7708
7709     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7710     {
7711         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7712         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7713         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7714         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7715         attr->DecRef();
7716
7717         if ( editor )
7718         {
7719             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7720             {
7721                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7722             }
7723
7724             editor->DecRef();
7725         }
7726     }
7727
7728     return isShown;
7729 }
7730
7731 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7732 {
7733     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7734     {
7735         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) )
7736         {
7737             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7738             return;
7739         }
7740         else
7741         {
7742             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7743             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7744             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7745
7746             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7747             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7748             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7749             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7750             {
7751                 row += cell_rows;
7752                 col += cell_cols;
7753                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7754                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7755             }
7756
7757             // convert to scrolled coords
7758             //
7759             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7760
7761             // done in PaintBackground()
7762 #if 0
7763             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7764             // might not cover the entire cell
7765             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7766             PrepareDC( dc );
7767             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7768             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7769             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7770 #endif // 0
7771
7772             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7773             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7774             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7775             // "don't change."
7776             if (rect.x > 0)
7777                 rect.x--;
7778             if (rect.y > 0)
7779                 rect.y--;
7780
7781             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7782             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7783             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7784             {
7785                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7786                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7787
7788                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7789                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7790                                              this,
7791                                              row,
7792                                              col,
7793                                              editor->GetControl());
7794                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7795             }
7796
7797
7798             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7799             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7800             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7801             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7802             {
7803                 int y;
7804                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y,
7805                         NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7806                 if (maxWidth < rect.width) maxWidth = rect.width;
7807             }
7808             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7809             if (rect.x+maxWidth > client_right)
7810                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7811
7812             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7813             {
7814                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7815                 // may have changed earlier
7816                 for (int i = col+cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7817                 {
7818                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7819                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7820                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7821                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell(row,i) &&
7822                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7823                         rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
7824                     else
7825                         break;
7826                 }
7827                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7828                     rect.SetRight(client_right-1);
7829             }
7830
7831             editor->SetCellAttr(attr);
7832             editor->SetSize( rect );
7833             editor->Show( true, attr );
7834
7835             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7836             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7837             CalcDimensions();
7838
7839             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7840             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7841
7842             editor->DecRef();
7843             attr->DecRef();
7844         }
7845     }
7846 }
7847
7848
7849 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7850 {
7851     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7852     {
7853         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7854         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7855
7856         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7857         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7858         editor->Show( false );
7859         editor->DecRef();
7860         attr->DecRef();
7861
7862         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
7863
7864         // refresh whole row to the right
7865         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
7866         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7867         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
7868 #ifdef __WXMAC__
7869         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
7870         rect.Inflate(10,10);
7871 #endif
7872         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7873     }
7874 }
7875
7876
7877 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
7878 {
7879     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7880     {
7881         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7882         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7883
7884         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row,col);
7885
7886         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7887         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7888         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
7889
7890         editor->DecRef();
7891         attr->DecRef();
7892
7893         if (changed)
7894         {
7895             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
7896                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7897                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) {
7898
7899                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
7900                 SetCellValue(row,col,oldval);
7901             }
7902         }
7903     }
7904 }
7905
7906
7907 //
7908 // ------ Grid location functions
7909 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
7910 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
7911 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
7912 //
7913
7914 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7915 {
7916     int row = YToRow(y);
7917     int col = XToCol(x);
7918
7919     if ( row == -1  ||  col == -1 )
7920     {
7921         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7922     }
7923     else
7924     {
7925         coords.Set( row, col );
7926     }
7927 }
7928
7929
7930 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
7931 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
7932 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
7933 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
7934
7935 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
7936                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
7937                            bool clipToMinMax)
7938 {
7939
7940     if (coord < 0)
7941         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
7942
7943
7944     if (!defaultDist)
7945         defaultDist = 1;
7946
7947     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
7948            i_min = 0;
7949
7950     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
7951     {
7952         if((int) i_max < nMax)
7953             return i_max;
7954         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
7955     }
7956
7957     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
7958         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7959     else
7960     {
7961         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
7962         {
7963             i_min = i_max;
7964             if (minDist)
7965                 i_max = coord / minDist;
7966             else
7967                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7968         }
7969         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
7970             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7971     }
7972     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
7973         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
7974     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
7975         return 0;
7976
7977     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
7978     {
7979         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
7980                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
7981         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
7982             return i_max;
7983         else
7984             i_max--;
7985         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
7986         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
7987             i_max = median;
7988         else
7989             i_min = median;
7990     }
7991     return i_max;
7992 }
7993
7994 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
7995 {
7996     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
7997                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
7998 }
7999
8000
8001 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
8002 {
8003     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
8004                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
8005 }
8006
8007
8008 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8009 // -1 if not near an edge
8010 //
8011 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8012 {
8013     int i;
8014     i = internalYToRow(y);
8015
8016     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8017     {
8018         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8019         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8020         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8021             return i;
8022         else if( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8023             return i - 1;
8024     }
8025
8026     return -1;
8027 }
8028
8029
8030 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8031 // -1 if not near an edge
8032 //
8033 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8034 {
8035     int i;
8036     i = internalXToCol(x);
8037
8038     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8039     {
8040         // We know that we are in column i,  test whether we are
8041         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8042         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8043             return i;
8044         else if( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8045             return i - 1;
8046     }
8047
8048     return -1;
8049 }
8050
8051
8052 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8053 {
8054     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8055
8056     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
8057          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
8058     {
8059         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8060         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8061         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8062         // if negative then find multicell owner
8063         if (cell_rows < 0) row += cell_rows;
8064         if (cell_cols < 0) col += cell_cols;
8065         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8066
8067         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8068         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8069         for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
8070             rect.width  += GetColWidth(i);
8071         for (i=row; i<row+cell_rows; i++)
8072             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8073     }
8074
8075     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8076     if (m_gridLinesEnabled) {
8077         rect.width -= 1;
8078         rect.height -= 1;
8079     }
8080     return rect;
8081 }
8082
8083
8084 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8085 {
8086     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8087     //
8088     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8089
8090     // convert to device coords
8091     //
8092     int left, top, right, bottom;
8093     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8094     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8095
8096     // check against the client area of the grid window
8097     //
8098     int cw, ch;
8099     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8100
8101     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8102     {
8103         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8104         //
8105         return ( left >= 0  &&  right <= cw  &&
8106                  top >= 0  &&  bottom <= ch );
8107     }
8108     else
8109     {
8110         // is the cell partly visible ?
8111         //
8112         return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw))  &&
8113                  ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8114     }
8115 }
8116
8117
8118 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8119 // of scrolling
8120 //
8121 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8122 {
8123
8124     int i;
8125     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8126
8127     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
8128          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
8129     {
8130         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8131         //
8132         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8133
8134         // convert to device coords
8135         //
8136         int left, top, right, bottom;
8137         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8138         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8139
8140         int cw, ch;
8141         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8142
8143         if ( top < 0 )
8144         {
8145             ypos = r.GetTop();
8146         }
8147         else if ( bottom > ch )
8148         {
8149             int h = r.GetHeight();
8150             ypos = r.GetTop();
8151             for ( i = row-1;  i >= 0;  i-- )
8152             {
8153                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8154                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8155                     break;
8156
8157                 h += rowHeight;
8158                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8159             }
8160
8161             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8162             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we
8163             // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8164             //
8165             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full
8166             // scroll unit...
8167             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8168         }
8169
8170         if ( left < 0 )
8171         {
8172             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8173         }
8174         else if ( right > cw )
8175         {
8176             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8177             int x0, y0;
8178             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8179             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8180
8181             // see comment for ypos above
8182             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8183         }
8184
8185         if ( xpos != -1  ||  ypos != -1 )
8186         {
8187             if ( xpos != -1 )
8188                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8189             if ( ypos != -1 )
8190                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8191             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8192             AdjustScrollbars();
8193         }
8194     }
8195 }
8196
8197
8198 //
8199 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8200 //
8201
8202 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8203 {
8204     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8205          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8206     {
8207         if ( expandSelection)
8208         {
8209             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8210                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8211             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8212             {
8213                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8214                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8215                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8216                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8217             }
8218         }
8219         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8220         {
8221             ClearSelection();
8222             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
8223                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8224             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
8225                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8226         }
8227         else
8228             return false;
8229         return true;
8230     }
8231
8232     return false;
8233 }
8234
8235
8236 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8237 {
8238     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8239          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8240     {
8241         if ( expandSelection )
8242         {
8243             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8244                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8245             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8246             {
8247                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8248                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8249                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8250                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8251             }
8252         }
8253         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8254         {
8255             ClearSelection();
8256             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
8257                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8258             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
8259                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8260         }
8261         else
8262             return false;
8263         return true;
8264     }
8265
8266     return false;
8267 }
8268
8269
8270 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8271 {
8272     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8273          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8274     {
8275         if ( expandSelection )
8276         {
8277             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8278                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8279             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8280             {
8281                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8282                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8283                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8284                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8285             }
8286         }
8287         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8288         {
8289             ClearSelection();
8290             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8291                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
8292             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8293                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
8294         }
8295         else
8296             return false;
8297         return true;
8298     }
8299
8300     return false;
8301 }
8302
8303
8304 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8305 {
8306     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8307          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8308     {
8309         if ( expandSelection )
8310         {
8311             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8312                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8313             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8314             {
8315                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8316                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8317                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8318                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8319             }
8320         }
8321         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8322         {
8323             ClearSelection();
8324             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8325                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
8326             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8327                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
8328         }
8329         else
8330             return false;
8331         return true;
8332     }
8333
8334     return false;
8335 }
8336
8337
8338 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8339 {
8340     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;
8341
8342     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8343     if ( row > 0 )
8344     {
8345         int cw, ch;
8346         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8347
8348         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8349         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8350
8351         if ( newRow == row )
8352         {
8353             //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
8354             newRow = row - 1;
8355         }
8356
8357         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8358         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8359
8360         return true;
8361     }
8362
8363     return false;
8364 }
8365
8366 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8367 {
8368     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;
8369
8370     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8371     if ( (row+1) < m_numRows )
8372     {
8373         int cw, ch;
8374         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8375
8376         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8377         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8378         if ( newRow == row )
8379         {
8380             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
8381             newRow = row + 1;
8382         }
8383
8384         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8385         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8386
8387         return true;
8388     }
8389
8390     return false;
8391 }
8392
8393 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8394 {
8395     if ( m_table &&
8396          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8397          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8398     {
8399         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8400         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8401
8402         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8403         {
8404             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8405             // non-empty cells
8406             //
8407             while ( row > 0 )
8408             {
8409                 row-- ;
8410                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8411             }
8412         }
8413         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) )
8414         {
8415             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8416             //
8417             row--;
8418             while ( row > 0 )
8419             {
8420                 row-- ;
8421                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8422             }
8423         }
8424         else
8425         {
8426             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8427             //
8428             while ( row > 0 )
8429             {
8430                 row-- ;
8431                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8432                 {
8433                     row++ ;
8434                     break;
8435                 }
8436             }
8437         }
8438
8439         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8440         if ( expandSelection )
8441         {
8442             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8443             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8444         }
8445         else
8446         {
8447             ClearSelection();
8448             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8449         }
8450         return true;
8451     }
8452
8453     return false;
8454 }
8455
8456 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8457 {
8458     if ( m_table &&
8459          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8460          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8461     {
8462         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8463         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8464
8465         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8466         {
8467             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8468             // non-empty cells
8469             //
8470             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8471             {
8472                 row++ ;
8473                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8474             }
8475         }
8476         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) )
8477         {
8478             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8479             //
8480             row++;
8481             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8482             {
8483                 row++ ;
8484                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8485             }
8486         }
8487         else
8488         {
8489             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8490             //
8491             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8492             {
8493                 row++ ;
8494                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8495                 {
8496                     row-- ;
8497                     break;
8498                 }
8499             }
8500         }
8501
8502         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8503         if ( expandSelection )
8504         {
8505             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8506             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8507         }
8508         else
8509         {
8510             ClearSelection();
8511             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8512         }
8513
8514         return true;
8515     }
8516
8517     return false;
8518 }
8519
8520 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8521 {
8522     if ( m_table &&
8523          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8524          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8525     {
8526         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8527         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8528
8529         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8530         {
8531             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8532             // non-empty cells
8533             //
8534             while ( col > 0 )
8535             {
8536                 col-- ;
8537                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8538             }
8539         }
8540         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) )
8541         {
8542             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8543             //
8544             col--;
8545             while ( col > 0 )
8546             {
8547                 col-- ;
8548                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8549             }
8550         }
8551         else
8552         {
8553             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8554             //
8555             while ( col > 0 )
8556             {
8557                 col-- ;
8558                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8559                 {
8560                     col++ ;
8561                     break;
8562                 }
8563             }
8564         }
8565
8566         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8567         if ( expandSelection )
8568         {
8569             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8570             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8571         }
8572         else
8573         {
8574             ClearSelection();
8575             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8576         }
8577
8578         return true;
8579     }
8580
8581     return false;
8582 }
8583
8584 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8585 {
8586     if ( m_table &&
8587          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8588          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 )
8589     {
8590         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8591         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8592
8593         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8594         {
8595             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8596             // non-empty cells
8597             //
8598             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8599             {
8600                 col++ ;
8601                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8602             }
8603         }
8604         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) )
8605         {
8606             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8607             //
8608             col++;
8609             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8610             {
8611                 col++ ;
8612                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8613             }
8614         }
8615         else
8616         {
8617             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8618             //
8619             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8620             {
8621                 col++ ;
8622                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8623                 {
8624                     col-- ;
8625                     break;
8626                 }
8627             }
8628         }
8629
8630         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8631         if ( expandSelection )
8632         {
8633             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8634             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8635         }
8636         else
8637         {
8638             ClearSelection();
8639             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8640         }
8641
8642         return true;
8643     }
8644
8645     return false;
8646 }
8647
8648
8649
8650 //
8651 // ------ Label values and formatting
8652 //
8653
8654 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8655 {
8656     *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8657     *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8658 }
8659
8660 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8661 {
8662     *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8663     *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8664 }
8665
8666 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8667 {
8668     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8669 }
8670
8671 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8672 {
8673     if ( m_table )
8674     {
8675         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8676     }
8677     else
8678     {
8679         wxString s;
8680         s << row;
8681         return s;
8682     }
8683 }
8684
8685 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8686 {
8687     if ( m_table )
8688     {
8689         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8690     }
8691     else
8692     {
8693         wxString s;
8694         s << col;
8695         return s;
8696     }
8697 }
8698
8699
8700 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8701 {
8702     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8703     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8704     {
8705         if ( width == 0 )
8706         {
8707             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8708             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8709         }
8710         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8711         {
8712             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8713             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8714         }
8715
8716         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8717         CalcWindowSizes();
8718         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8719     }
8720 }
8721
8722
8723 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8724 {
8725     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8726     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8727     {
8728         if ( height == 0 )
8729         {
8730             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8731             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8732         }
8733         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8734         {
8735             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8736             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8737         }
8738
8739         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8740         CalcWindowSizes();
8741         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8742     }
8743 }
8744
8745
8746 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8747 {
8748     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8749     {
8750         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8751         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8752         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8753         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8754
8755         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8756         {
8757             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8758             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8759             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8760         }
8761     }
8762 }
8763
8764 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8765 {
8766     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8767     {
8768         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8769         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8770         {
8771             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8772             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8773         }
8774     }
8775 }
8776
8777 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8778 {
8779     m_labelFont = font;
8780     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8781     {
8782         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8783         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8784     }
8785 }
8786
8787 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8788 {
8789     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8790     switch ( horiz )
8791     {
8792         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8793         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8794         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8795     }
8796
8797     switch ( vert )
8798     {
8799         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8800         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8801         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8802     }
8803
8804     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8805     {
8806         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8807     }
8808
8809     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8810     {
8811         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8812     }
8813
8814     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8815     {
8816         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8817     }
8818 }
8819
8820 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8821 {
8822     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8823     switch ( horiz )
8824     {
8825         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8826         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8827         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8828     }
8829
8830     switch ( vert )
8831     {
8832         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8833         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8834         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8835     }
8836
8837     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8838     {
8839         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8840     }
8841
8842     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8843     {
8844         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8845     }
8846
8847     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8848     {
8849         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8850     }
8851 }
8852
8853 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
8854 //       does not support vertical printing
8855 //
8856 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
8857 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
8858 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
8859 //
8860 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
8861 {
8862     if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
8863     {
8864         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
8865     }
8866
8867     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8868     {
8869         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8870     }
8871 }
8872
8873 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
8874 {
8875     if ( m_table )
8876     {
8877         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
8878         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8879         {
8880             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0);
8881             if ( rect.height > 0 )
8882             {
8883                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
8884                 rect.x = 0;
8885                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8886                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8887             }
8888         }
8889     }
8890 }
8891
8892 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
8893 {
8894     if ( m_table )
8895     {
8896         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
8897         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8898         {
8899             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
8900             if ( rect.width > 0 )
8901             {
8902                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
8903                 rect.y = 0;
8904                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8905                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8906             }
8907         }
8908     }
8909 }
8910
8911 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
8912 {
8913     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
8914     {
8915         m_gridLineColour = colour;
8916
8917         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8918         PrepareDC( dc );
8919         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
8920     }
8921 }
8922
8923
8924 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
8925 {
8926     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
8927     {
8928         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
8929
8930         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8931         PrepareDC( dc );
8932         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8933         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
8934         attr->DecRef();
8935     }
8936 }
8937
8938 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
8939 {
8940     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) {
8941         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
8942
8943         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
8944         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
8945         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8946         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8947         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
8948             return;
8949         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
8950         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
8951     }
8952 }
8953
8954 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
8955 {
8956     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) {
8957         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
8958
8959         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
8960         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
8961         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8962         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8963         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
8964             return;
8965         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
8966         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
8967     }
8968 }
8969
8970 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
8971 {
8972     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
8973     {
8974         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
8975
8976         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8977         {
8978             if ( enable )
8979             {
8980                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8981                 PrepareDC( dc );
8982                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
8983             }
8984             else
8985             {
8986                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
8987             }
8988         }
8989     }
8990 }
8991
8992
8993 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
8994 {
8995     return m_defaultRowHeight;
8996 }
8997
8998 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
8999 {
9000     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9001
9002     return GetRowHeight(row);
9003 }
9004
9005 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9006 {
9007     return m_defaultColWidth;
9008 }
9009
9010 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9011 {
9012     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9013
9014     return GetColWidth(col);
9015 }
9016
9017 // ============================================================================
9018 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9019 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9020 // ============================================================================
9021
9022 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9023 // setting default attributes
9024 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9025
9026 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9027 {
9028     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9029 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9030     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9031 #endif
9032 }
9033
9034 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9035 {
9036     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9037 }
9038
9039 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9040 {
9041     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9042 }
9043
9044 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9045 {
9046     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9047 }
9048
9049 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9050 {
9051     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9052 }
9053
9054
9055 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9056 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9057 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9058 // work correctly.
9059
9060 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9061 {
9062     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9063                      renderer,
9064                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9065 }
9066
9067 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9068 {
9069     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9070                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9071                      editor);
9072 }
9073
9074 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9075 // access to the default attrbiutes
9076 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9077
9078 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9079 {
9080     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9081 }
9082
9083 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9084 {
9085     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9086 }
9087
9088 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9089 {
9090     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9091 }
9092
9093 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9094 {
9095     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9096 }
9097
9098 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9099 {
9100     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9101 }
9102
9103 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9104 {
9105     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9106 }
9107
9108 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9109 {
9110     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0);
9111 }
9112
9113 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9114 // access to cell attributes
9115 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9116
9117 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9118 {
9119     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9120     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9121     attr->DecRef();
9122     return colour;
9123 }
9124
9125 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9126 {
9127     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9128     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9129     attr->DecRef();
9130     return colour;
9131 }
9132
9133 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9134 {
9135     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9136     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9137     attr->DecRef();
9138     return font;
9139 }
9140
9141 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9142 {
9143     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9144     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9145     attr->DecRef();
9146 }
9147
9148 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9149 {
9150     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9151     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9152     attr->DecRef();
9153     return allow;
9154 }
9155
9156 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9157 {
9158     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9159     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9160     attr->DecRef();
9161 }
9162
9163 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9164 {
9165     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9166     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9167     attr->DecRef();
9168
9169     return renderer;
9170 }
9171
9172 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9173 {
9174     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9175     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9176     attr->DecRef();
9177
9178     return editor;
9179 }
9180
9181 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9182 {
9183     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9184     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9185     attr->DecRef();
9186     return isReadOnly;
9187 }
9188
9189 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9190 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9191 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9192
9193 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9194 {
9195     if ( !m_table )
9196     {
9197         return false;
9198     }
9199
9200     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9201 }
9202
9203 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9204 {
9205     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9206     {
9207         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9208         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9209         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9210     }
9211 }
9212
9213 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9214 {
9215     if ( attr != NULL )
9216     {
9217         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9218
9219         self->ClearAttrCache();
9220         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9221         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9222         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9223         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9224     }
9225 }
9226
9227 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9228 {
9229     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9230     {
9231         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9232         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9233
9234 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9235         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9236 #endif
9237
9238         return true;
9239     }
9240     else
9241     {
9242 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9243         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9244 #endif
9245         return false;
9246     }
9247 }
9248
9249 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9250 {
9251     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9252     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9253     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9254     if ( row >= 0 )
9255     {
9256         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9257         {
9258             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9259                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9260             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9261         }
9262     }
9263     if (attr)
9264     {
9265         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9266     }
9267     else
9268     {
9269         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9270         attr->IncRef();
9271     }
9272
9273     return attr;
9274 }
9275
9276 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9277 {
9278     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9279     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9280
9281     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9282     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9283
9284     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9285     if ( !attr )
9286     {
9287         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9288
9289         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9290         attr->IncRef();
9291         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9292     }
9293
9294     return attr;
9295 }
9296
9297 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9298 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9299 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9300
9301 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9302 {
9303     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9304 }
9305
9306 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9307 {
9308     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9309 }
9310
9311 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9312 {
9313     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9314     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9315     {
9316         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9317     }
9318
9319     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9320 }
9321
9322 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9323 {
9324     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9325     if(!attr)
9326         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9327     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9328     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9329
9330     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9331
9332 }
9333
9334 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9335 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9336 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9337
9338 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9339 {
9340     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9341     {
9342         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9343         ClearAttrCache();
9344     }
9345     else
9346     {
9347         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9348     }
9349 }
9350
9351 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9352 {
9353     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9354     {
9355         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9356         ClearAttrCache();
9357     }
9358     else
9359     {
9360         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9361     }
9362 }
9363
9364 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9365 {
9366     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9367     {
9368         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9369         ClearAttrCache();
9370     }
9371     else
9372     {
9373         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9374     }
9375 }
9376
9377 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9378 {
9379     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9380     {
9381         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9382         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9383         attr->DecRef();
9384     }
9385 }
9386
9387 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9388 {
9389     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9390     {
9391         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9392         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9393         attr->DecRef();
9394     }
9395 }
9396
9397 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9398 {
9399     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9400     {
9401         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9402         attr->SetFont(font);
9403         attr->DecRef();
9404     }
9405 }
9406
9407 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9408 {
9409     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9410     {
9411         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9412         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9413         attr->DecRef();
9414     }
9415 }
9416
9417 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9418 {
9419     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9420     {
9421         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9422         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9423         attr->DecRef();
9424     }
9425 }
9426
9427 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9428 {
9429     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9430     {
9431         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9432
9433         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9434         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9435         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9436         attr->DecRef();
9437
9438         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9439         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9440         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9441         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9442         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9443                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9444         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9445                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9446
9447         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9448         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9449         {
9450             int i, j;
9451             for (j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
9452             {
9453                 for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
9454                 {
9455                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9456                     {
9457                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9458                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9459                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9460                     }
9461                 }
9462             }
9463         }
9464
9465         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9466         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9467         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9468         {
9469             int i, j;
9470             for (j=row; j<row+num_rows; j++)
9471             {
9472                 for (i=col; i<col+num_cols; i++)
9473                 {
9474                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9475                     {
9476                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9477                         attr_stub->SetSize( row-j, col-i );
9478                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9479                     }
9480                 }
9481             }
9482         }
9483     }
9484 }
9485
9486 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9487 {
9488     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9489     {
9490         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9491         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9492         attr->DecRef();
9493     }
9494 }
9495
9496 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9497 {
9498     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9499     {
9500         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9501         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9502         attr->DecRef();
9503     }
9504 }
9505
9506 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9507 {
9508     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9509     {
9510         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9511         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9512         attr->DecRef();
9513     }
9514 }
9515
9516 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9517 // Data type registration
9518 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9519
9520 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9521                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9522                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9523 {
9524     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9525 }
9526
9527
9528 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9529 {
9530     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9531     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9532 }
9533
9534 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9535 {
9536     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9537     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9538 }
9539
9540 wxGridCellEditor*
9541 wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9542 {
9543     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9544     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9545     {
9546         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
9547
9548         return NULL;
9549     }
9550
9551     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9552 }
9553
9554 wxGridCellRenderer*
9555 wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9556 {
9557     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9558     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9559     {
9560         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
9561
9562         return NULL;
9563     }
9564
9565     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9566 }
9567
9568
9569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9570 // row/col size
9571 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9572
9573 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9574 {
9575     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9576 }
9577
9578
9579 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9580 {
9581     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9582 }
9583
9584 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9585 {
9586     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9587 }
9588
9589 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9590 {
9591     m_canDragCell = enable;
9592 }
9593
9594 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9595 {
9596     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9597
9598     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9599     {
9600         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9601         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9602         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9603         // some speed optimisations)
9604         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9605         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9606         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9607             CalcDimensions();
9608     }
9609 }
9610
9611 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9612 {
9613     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9614
9615     // See comment in SetColSize
9616     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) { return; }
9617
9618     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9619     {
9620         // need to really create the array
9621         InitRowHeights();
9622     }
9623
9624     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9625     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9626
9627     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9628     int i;
9629     for ( i = row;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
9630     {
9631         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9632     }
9633     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9634         CalcDimensions();
9635 }
9636
9637 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9638 {
9639     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9640
9641     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9642     {
9643         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9644         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9645         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9646         // some speed optimisations)
9647         m_colWidths.Empty();
9648         m_colRights.Empty();
9649         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9650             CalcDimensions();
9651     }
9652 }
9653
9654 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9655 {
9656     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9657
9658     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9659     //                                                                 (VZ)
9660     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9661     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9662     // constariant of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9663     //
9664     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9665
9666     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) { return; }
9667
9668     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9669     {
9670         // need to really create the array
9671         InitColWidths();
9672     }
9673
9674     // if < 0 calc new width from label
9675     if( width < 0 )
9676     {
9677       long w, h;
9678       wxArrayString lines;
9679       wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9680       dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9681       StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9682       GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9683       width = w + 6;
9684     }
9685     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9686     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9687     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9688
9689     int i;
9690     for ( i = col;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
9691     {
9692         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9693     }
9694     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9695         CalcDimensions();
9696 }
9697
9698
9699 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9700 {
9701     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) {
9702         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9703         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9704     }
9705 }
9706
9707 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9708 {
9709     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) {
9710         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9711         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9712     }
9713 }
9714
9715 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9716 {
9717     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9718     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9719     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9720 }
9721
9722 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9723 {
9724     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9725     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9726     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9727 }
9728
9729 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9730 {
9731     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9732     // an easy way to temporarily hidding columns.
9733     if ( width<0 )
9734         return;
9735     m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9736 }
9737
9738 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9739 {
9740     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9741     // an easy way to temporarily hidding rows.
9742     if ( height<0 )
9743         return;
9744     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9745 }
9746
9747 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9748 {
9749     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9750 }
9751
9752 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9753 {
9754     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9755 }
9756
9757 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9758 // auto sizing
9759 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9760
9761 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9762 {
9763     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9764
9765     //Cancel editting of cell
9766     HideCellEditControl();
9767     SaveEditControlValue();
9768
9769     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one
9770     int row = -1,
9771         col = -1;
9772     if ( column )
9773         col = colOrRow;
9774     else
9775         row = colOrRow;
9776
9777     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9778     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9779     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9780     {
9781         if ( column )
9782             row = rowOrCol;
9783         else
9784             col = rowOrCol;
9785
9786         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9787         wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9788         if ( renderer )
9789         {
9790             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9791             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9792             if ( extent > extentMax )
9793             {
9794                 extentMax = extent;
9795             }
9796
9797             renderer->DecRef();
9798         }
9799
9800         attr->DecRef();
9801     }
9802
9803     // now also compare with the column label extent
9804     wxCoord w, h;
9805     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9806
9807     if ( column )
9808     {
9809         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9810         if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9811             w = h;
9812     }
9813     else
9814         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9815
9816     extent = column ? w : h;
9817     if ( extent > extentMax )
9818     {
9819         extentMax = extent;
9820     }
9821
9822     if ( !extentMax )
9823     {
9824         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9825         // than default extent but != 0, it's ok)
9826         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9827     }
9828     else
9829     {
9830         if ( column )
9831         {
9832             // leave some space around text
9833             extentMax += 10;
9834         }
9835         else
9836         {
9837             extentMax += 6;
9838         }
9839     }
9840
9841     if ( column )
9842     {
9843         SetColSize(col, extentMax);
9844         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9845         {
9846             int cw, ch, dummy;
9847             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9848             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
9849             rect.y = 0;
9850             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
9851             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
9852             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9853             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9854         }
9855     }
9856     else
9857     {
9858         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
9859         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9860         {
9861             int cw, ch, dummy;
9862             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9863             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
9864             rect.x = 0;
9865             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
9866             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9867             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
9868             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9869         }
9870     }
9871     if ( setAsMin )
9872     {
9873         if ( column )
9874             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
9875         else
9876             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
9877     }
9878 }
9879
9880 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
9881 {
9882     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9883
9884     if ( !calcOnly )
9885         BeginBatch();
9886
9887     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
9888     {
9889         if ( !calcOnly )
9890         {
9891             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
9892         }
9893
9894         width += GetColWidth(col);
9895     }
9896
9897     if ( !calcOnly )
9898         EndBatch();
9899
9900     return width;
9901 }
9902
9903 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
9904 {
9905     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
9906
9907     if ( !calcOnly )
9908         BeginBatch();
9909
9910     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
9911     {
9912         if ( !calcOnly )
9913         {
9914             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
9915         }
9916
9917         height += GetRowHeight(row);
9918     }
9919
9920     if ( !calcOnly )
9921         EndBatch();
9922
9923     return height;
9924 }
9925
9926 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
9927 {
9928     BeginBatch();
9929
9930     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
9931
9932     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
9933     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
9934     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
9935     // scrollbar steps
9936     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
9937                    GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY);
9938
9939     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
9940     // extra white space
9941
9942     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
9943     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
9944     if ( diff && m_numCols )
9945     {
9946         // try to resize the columns uniformly
9947         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
9948         if ( diffPerCol )
9949         {
9950             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
9951             {
9952                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
9953             }
9954         }
9955
9956         // add remaining amount to the last columns
9957         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
9958         if ( diff )
9959         {
9960             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
9961             {
9962                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
9963             }
9964         }
9965     }
9966
9967     // same for rows
9968     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
9969     if ( diff && m_numRows )
9970     {
9971         // try to resize the columns uniformly
9972         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
9973         if ( diffPerRow )
9974         {
9975             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
9976             {
9977                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
9978             }
9979         }
9980
9981         // add remaining amount to the last rows
9982         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
9983         if ( diff )
9984         {
9985             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
9986             {
9987                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
9988             }
9989         }
9990     }
9991
9992     EndBatch();
9993
9994     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
9995 }
9996
9997 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
9998 {
9999     wxArrayString lines;
10000     long w, h;
10001
10002     // Hide the edit control, so it
10003     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10004     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10005     {
10006         HideCellEditControl();
10007         SaveEditControlValue();
10008     }
10009
10010     // autosize row height depending on label text
10011     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10012     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10013     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
10014     if( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10015         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10016     SetRowSize(row, h);
10017     ForceRefresh();
10018 }
10019
10020 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10021 {
10022     wxArrayString lines;
10023     long w, h;
10024
10025     // Hide the edit control, so it
10026     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10027     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10028     {
10029         HideCellEditControl();
10030         SaveEditControlValue();
10031     }
10032
10033     // autosize column width depending on label text
10034     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10035     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10036     if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10037         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
10038     else
10039         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w);
10040     if( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10041         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10042     SetColSize(col, w);
10043     ForceRefresh();
10044 }
10045
10046 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10047 {
10048     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10049     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10050
10051     int width, height;
10052     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10053     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10054
10055     if (!width) width=100;
10056     if (!height) height=80;
10057
10058     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate NOTE: this still doesn't get rid
10059     // of the scrollbars, is there any magic incantaion for that?
10060     int xpu, ypu;
10061     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10062     if (xpu)
10063         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10064     if (ypu)
10065         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10066
10067     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10068     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10069     wxDisplaySize( & maxwidth, & maxheight );
10070     maxwidth /= 2;
10071     maxheight /= 2;
10072     if ( width > maxwidth ) width = maxwidth;
10073     if ( height > maxheight ) height = maxheight;
10074
10075
10076     wxSize best(width, height);
10077     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10078     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10079     // calculation.
10080     // CacheBestSize(size);
10081     return best;
10082 }
10083
10084 void wxGrid::Fit()
10085 {
10086     AutoSize();
10087 }
10088
10089
10090 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10091 {
10092     return wxNullPen;
10093 }
10094
10095 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10096 // cell value accessor functions
10097 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10098
10099 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10100 {
10101     if ( m_table )
10102     {
10103         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10104         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10105         {
10106             int dummy;
10107             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10108             rect.x = 0;
10109             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10110             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10111             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10112         }
10113
10114         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10115              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10116              IsCellEditControlShown())
10117              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10118              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10119              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10120         {
10121             HideCellEditControl();
10122             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10123         }
10124     }
10125 }
10126
10127
10128 //
10129 // ------ Block, row and col selection
10130 //
10131
10132 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10133 {
10134     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10135         ClearSelection();
10136
10137     if ( m_selection )
10138         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10139 }
10140
10141
10142 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10143 {
10144     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10145         ClearSelection();
10146
10147     if ( m_selection )
10148         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10149 }
10150
10151
10152 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10153                           bool addToSelected )
10154 {
10155     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10156         ClearSelection();
10157
10158     if ( m_selection )
10159         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10160                                   false, addToSelected );
10161 }
10162
10163
10164 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10165 {
10166     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10167     {
10168         if ( m_selection )
10169             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
10170     }
10171 }
10172
10173 //
10174 // ------ Cell, row and col deselection
10175 //
10176
10177 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10178 {
10179     if ( !m_selection )
10180         return;
10181
10182     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10183     {
10184         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10185             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0);
10186     }
10187     else
10188     {
10189         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10190         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ )
10191         {
10192             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10193                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i);
10194         }
10195     }
10196 }
10197
10198 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10199 {
10200     if ( !m_selection )
10201         return;
10202
10203     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10204     {
10205         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10206             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col);
10207     }
10208     else
10209     {
10210         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10211         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ )
10212         {
10213             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10214                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10215         }
10216     }
10217 }
10218
10219 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10220 {
10221     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10222         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10223 }
10224
10225 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10226 {
10227     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10228              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10229                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10230 }
10231
10232 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10233 {
10234     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10235              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10236                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10237                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10238                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10239 }
10240
10241 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10242 {
10243     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10244     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10245 }
10246 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10247 {
10248     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10249     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10250 }
10251 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10252 {
10253     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10254     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10255 }
10256 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10257 {
10258     if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
10259     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10260 }
10261 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10262 {
10263     if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
10264     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10265 }
10266
10267
10268 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10269 {
10270     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10271     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10272     if ( m_selection )
10273         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10274 }
10275
10276
10277 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10278 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10279 //
10280 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10281                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10282 {
10283     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10284     wxRect cellRect;
10285
10286     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10287     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10288     {
10289         rect = cellRect;
10290     }
10291     else
10292     {
10293         rect = wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10294     }
10295
10296     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10297     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10298     {
10299         rect += cellRect;
10300     }
10301     else
10302     {
10303         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10304     }
10305
10306     int i, j;
10307     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10308     int top = rect.GetTop();
10309     int right = rect.GetRight();
10310     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10311
10312     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10313     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10314     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10315     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10316
10317     if (left > right)
10318     {
10319         i = left;
10320         left = right;
10321         right = i;
10322         i = leftCol;
10323         leftCol=rightCol;
10324         rightCol = i;
10325     }
10326
10327     if (top > bottom)
10328     {
10329         i = top;
10330         top = bottom;
10331         bottom = i;
10332         i = topRow;
10333         topRow = bottomRow;
10334         bottomRow = i;
10335     }
10336
10337
10338     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10339     {
10340         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10341         {
10342             if ((j==topRow) || (j==bottomRow) || (i==leftCol) || (i==rightCol))
10343             {
10344                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10345
10346                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10347                     left = cellRect.x;
10348                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10349                     top = cellRect.y;
10350                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10351                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10352                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10353                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10354             }
10355             else i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10356         }
10357     }
10358
10359     // convert to scrolled coords
10360     //
10361     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10362     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10363
10364     int cw, ch;
10365     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10366
10367     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10368         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10369
10370     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10371     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10372     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10373     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10374
10375     return rect;
10376 }
10377
10378 //
10379 // ------ Grid event classes
10380 //
10381
10382 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10383
10384 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10385                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10386                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10387         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10388 {
10389     m_row = row;
10390     m_col = col;
10391     m_x = x;
10392     m_y = y;
10393     m_selecting = sel;
10394     m_control = control;
10395     m_shift = shift;
10396     m_alt = alt;
10397     m_meta = meta;
10398
10399     SetEventObject(obj);
10400 }
10401
10402
10403 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10404
10405 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10406                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10407                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10408         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10409 {
10410     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10411     m_x = x;
10412     m_y = y;
10413     m_control = control;
10414     m_shift = shift;
10415     m_alt = alt;
10416     m_meta = meta;
10417
10418     SetEventObject(obj);
10419 }
10420
10421
10422 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10423
10424 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10425                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10426                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10427                                                bool sel, bool control,
10428                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10429         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10430 {
10431     m_topLeft     = topLeft;
10432     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10433     m_selecting   = sel;
10434     m_control     = control;
10435     m_shift       = shift;
10436     m_alt         = alt;
10437     m_meta        = meta;
10438
10439     SetEventObject(obj);
10440 }
10441
10442
10443 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10444
10445 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10446                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10447                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10448     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10449 {
10450     SetEventObject(obj);
10451     m_row = row;
10452     m_col = col;
10453     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10454 }
10455
10456 #endif // wxUSE_GRID
10457